oxaliplatin 50 MG in 10 ML Injection

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 No specific cytochrome P-450-based drug interaction studies have been conducted.

No pharmacokinetic interaction between 85 mg/m 2 oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin has been observed in patients treated every 2 weeks.

Increases of 5-fluorouracil plasma concentrations by approximately 20% have been observed with doses of 130 mg/m 2 oxaliplatin dosed every 3 weeks.

Because platinum-containing species are eliminated primarily through the kidney, clearance of these products may be decreased by coadministration of potentially nephrotoxic compounds; although, this has not been specifically studied [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )].

OVERDOSAGE

10 There is no known antidote for oxaliplatin overdose.

In addition to thrombocytopenia, the anticipated complications of an oxaliplatin overdose include hypersensitivity reaction, myelosuppression, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and neurotoxicity.

Several cases of overdoses have been reported with oxaliplatin.

Adverse reactions observed were Grade 4 thrombocytopenia (< 25,000/mm 3 ) without any bleeding, anemia, sensory neuropathy such as paresthesia, dysesthesia, laryngospasm and facial muscle spasms, gastrointestinal disorders such as nausea, vomiting, stomatitis, flatulence, abdomen enlarged and Grade 4 intestinal obstruction, Grade 4 dehydration, dyspnea, wheezing, chest pain, respiratory failure, severe bradycardia and death.

Patients suspected of receiving an overdose should be monitored, and supportive treatment should be administered.

The maximum dose of oxaliplatin that has been administered in a single infusion is 825 mg.

DESCRIPTION

11 Oxaliplatin Injection is an antineoplastic agent with the chemical name of cis -[(1 R ,2 R )-1,2-cyclohexanediamine- N , N ‘] [oxalato(2-)- O , O ‘] platinum.

Oxaliplatin, USP is an organoplatinum complex in which the platinum atom is complexed with 1,2-diaminocyclohexane(DACH) and with an oxalate ligand as a leaving group.

C 8 H 14 N 2 O 4 Pt M.W.

397.3 C 8 H 14 N 2 O 4 Pt M.W.

397.3 Oxaliplatin, USP is slightly soluble in water at 6 mg/mL, very slightly soluble in methanol, and practically insoluble in ethanol and acetone.

Oxaliplatin Injection is supplied in vials containing 50 mg or 100 mg of oxaliplatin, USP as a sterile, preservative-free, aqueous solution at a concentration of 5 mg/mL.

Lactose monohydrate is present as an inactive ingredient at 450 mg and 900 mg in the 50 mg and 100 mg dosage strengths, respectively.

Water for injection is also present as an inactive ingredient.

Structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Combination Adjuvant Therapy with Oxaliplatin and Infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin in Patients with Colon Cancer An international, multicenter, randomized study compared the efficacy and evaluated the safety of oxaliplatin in combination with an infusional schedule of 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin to infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone, in patients with stage II (Dukes’ B2) or III (Dukes’ C) colon cancer who had undergone complete resection of the primary tumor.

The primary objective of the study was to compare the 3-year disease-free survival (DFS) in patients receiving oxaliplatin and infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin to those receiving 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone.

Patients were to be treated for a total of 6 months (i.e., 12 cycles).

A total of 2246 patients were randomized; 1123 patients per study arm.

Patients in the study had to be between 18 and 75 years of age, have histologically proven stage II (T 3 to T 4 N0 M0; Dukes’ B2) or III (any T N 1-2 M0; Dukes’ C) colon carcinoma (with the inferior pole of the tumor above the peritoneal reflection, i.e., ≥ 15 cm from the anal margin) and undergone (within 7 weeks prior to randomization) complete resection of the primary tumor without gross or microscopic evidence of residual disease.

Patients had to have had no prior chemotherapy, immunotherapy or radiotherapy, and have an ECOG performance status of 0, 1, or 2 (KPS ≥ 60%), absolute neutrophil count (ANC) > 1.5 × 10 9 /L, platelets ≥ 100 × 10 9 /L, serum creatinine ≤ 1.25 × ULN total bilirubin < 2 × ULN, AST/ALT < 2 × ULN and carcino-embyrogenic antigen (CEA) < 10 ng/mL.

Patients with preexisting peripheral neuropathy (NCI grade ≥ 1) were ineligible for this trial.

The following table shows the dosing regimens for the two arms of the study.

Table 15 – Dosing Regimens in Adjuvant Therapy Study Treatment Arm Dose Regimen Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV (FOLFOX4) (N = 1123) Day 1: Oxaliplatin: 85 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion) + LV: 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) Day 2: LV: 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) every 2 weeks 12 cycles 5-FU/LV (N = 1123) Day 1: LV: 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) Day 2: LV: 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) every 2 weeks 12 cycles The following tables show the baseline characteristics and dosing of the patient population entered into this study.

The baseline characteristics were well balanced between arms.

Table 16 – Patient Characteristics in Adjuvant Therapy Study Oxaliplatin + infusional 5-FU/LV N = 1123 Infusional 5-FU/LV N = 1123 Sex: Male (%) 56.1 52.4 Female (%) 43.9 47.6 Median age (years) 61 60 < 65 years of age (%) 64.4 66.2 ≥ 65 years of age (%) 35.6 33.8 Karnofsky Performance Status (KPS) (%) 100 29.7 30.5 90 52.2 53.9 80 4.4 3.3 70 13.2 11.9 ≤ 60 0.6 0.4 Primary site (%) Colon including cecum 54.6 54.4 Sigmoid 31.9 33.8 Recto sigmoid 12.9 10.9 Other including rectum 0.6 0.9 Bowel obstruction (%) Yes 17.9 19.3 Perforation (%) Yes 6.9 6.9 Stage at Randomization (%) II (T = 3,4 N = 0, M = 0) 40.1 39.9 III (T = any, N = 1,2, M = 0) 59.6 59.3 IV (T = any, N = any, M = 1) 0.4 0.8 Staging – T (%) T1 0.5 0.7 T2 4.5 4.8 T3 76 75.9 T4 19 18.5 Staging – N (%) N0 40.2 39.9 N1 39.4 39.4 N2 20.4 20.7 Staging – M (%) M1 0.4 0.8 Table 17 – Dosing in Adjuvant Therapy Study Oxaliplatin + infusional 5-FU/LV N = 1108 Infusional 5-FU/LV N = 1111 Median Relative Dose Intensity (%) 5-FU 84.4 97.7 Oxaliplatin 80.5 N/A Median Number of Cycles 12 12 Median Number of cycles With Oxaliplatin 11 N/A The following table and figures summarize the disease-free survival (DFS) results in the overall randomized population and in patients with stage II and III disease based on an ITT analysis.

The median duration of follow-up was approximately 77 months.

Table 18 – Summary of DFS analysis – ITT analysis Oxaliplatin + Infusional 5-FU/LV Infusional 5-FU/LV Parameter Overall N 1123 1123 Number of events – relapse or death (%) 304 (27.1) 360 (32.1) Disease-free survival % [95% CI] * 73.3 [70.7, 76] 67.4 [64.6, 70.2] Hazard ratio [95% CI] ** 0.80 [0.68, 0.93] Stratified Logrank test p = 0.003 Stage III (Dukes’ C) N 672 675 Number of events – relapse or death (%) 226 (33.6) 271 (40.1) Disease-free survival % [95% CI] * 66.4 [62.7, 70] 58.9 [55.2, 62.7] Hazard ratio [95% CI] ** 0.78 [0.65, 0.93] Logrank test p = 0.005 Stage II (Dukes’ B2) N 451 448 Number of events – relapse or death (%) 78 (17.3) 89 (19.9) Disease-free survival % [95% CI] * 83.7 [80.2, 87.1] 79.9 [76.2, 83.7] Hazard ratio [95% CI] ** 0.84 [0.62, 1.14] Logrank test p = 0.258 Data cut off for disease free survival 1 June 2006 *Disease-free survival at 5 years **A hazard ratio of less than 1 favors Oxaliplatin + Infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin In the overall and stage III colon cancer populations DFS was statistically significantly improved in the oxaliplatin combination arm compared to infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone.

However, a statistically significant improvement in DFS was not noted in Stage II patients.

Figure 2 shows the DFS Kaplan-Meier curves for the comparison of oxaliplatin and infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin combination and infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone for the overall population (ITT analysis).

Figure 3 shows the DFS Kaplan-Meier curves for the comparison of oxaliplatin and infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin combination and infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone in Stage III patients.

Figure 2 – DFS Kaplan-Meier curves by treatment arm (cutoff: 1 June 2006) – ITT population Figure 2 – DFS Kaplan-Meier curves by treatment arm (cutoff: 1 June 2006) – ITT population Figure 3 – DFS Kaplan-Meier curves by treatment arm in Stage III patients (cutoff: 1 June 2006) – ITT population The following table summarizes the overall survival (OS) results in the overall randomized population and in patients with stage II and III disease, based on the ITT analysis.

Table 19 – Summary of OS analysis – ITT analysis Parameter Oxaliplatin + Infusional 5-FU/LV Infusional 5-FU/LV Overall N 1123 1123 Number of death events (%) 245 (21.8) 283 (25.2) Hazard ratio* [95% CI] 0.84 [0.71, 1] Stage III (Dukes’ C) N 672 675 Number of death events (%) 182 (27.1) 220 (32.6) Hazard ratio* [95% CI] 0.80 [0.65, 0.97] Stage II (Dukes’ B2) N 451 448 Number of death events (%) 63 (14) 63 (14.1) Hazard ratio* [95% CI] 1 [0.70, 1.41] Data cut off for overall survival 16 January 2007 *A hazard ratio of less than 1 favors Oxaliplatin + Infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin Figure 2 Figure 3 14.2 Combination Therapy with Oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin in Patients Previously Untreated for Advanced Colorectal Cancer A North American, multicenter, open-label, randomized controlled study was sponsored by the National Cancer Institute (NCI) as an intergroup study led by the North Central Cancer Treatment Group (NCCTG).

The study had 7 arms at different times during its conduct, four of which were closed due to either changes in the standard of care, toxicity, or simplification.

During the study, the control arm was changed to irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin.

The results reported below compared the efficacy and safety of two experimental regimens, oxaliplatin in combination with infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin and a combination of oxaliplatin plus irinotecan, to an approved control regimen of irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin in 795 concurrently randomized patients previously untreated for locally advanced or metastatic colorectal cancer.

After completion of enrollment, the dose of irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin was decreased due to toxicity.

Patients had to be at least 18 years of age, have known locally advanced, locally recurrent, or metastatic colorectal adenocarcinoma not curable by surgery or amenable to radiation therapy with curative intent, histologically proven colorectal adenocarcinoma, measurable or evaluable disease, with an ECOG performance status 0, 1, or 2.

Patients had to have granulocyte count ≥ 1.5 × 10 9 /L, platelets ≥ 100 × 10 9 /L, hemoglobin ≥ 9 gm/dL, creatinine ≤ 1.5 × ULN, total bilirubin ≤ 1.5 mg/dL, AST ≤ 5 × ULN, and alkaline phosphatase ≤ 5 × ULN.

Patients may have received adjuvant therapy for resected Stage II or III disease without recurrence within 12 months.

The patients were stratified for ECOG performance status (0, 1 vs.

2), prior adjuvant chemotherapy (yes vs.

no), prior immunotherapy (yes vs.

no), and age (< 65 vs.

≥ 65 years).

Although no post study treatment was specified in the protocol, 65% to 72% of patients received additional post study chemotherapy after study treatment discontinuation on all arms.

Fifty-eight percent of patients on the oxaliplatin plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin arm received an irinotecan-containing regimen and 23% of patients on the irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin arm received oxaliplatin-containing regimens.

Oxaliplatin was not commercially available during the trial.

The following table presents the dosing regimens of the three arms of the study.

Table 20 – Dosing Regimens in Patients Previously Untreated for Advanced Colorectal Cancer Clinical Trial Treatment Arm Dose Regimen Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV (FOLFOX4) (N = 267) Day 1: Oxaliplatin: 85 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion) + LV 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) Day 2: LV 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) every 2 weeks Irinotecan + 5-FU/LV (IFL) (N = 264) Day 1: irinotecan 125 mg/m 2 as a 90-min infusion + LV 20 mg/m 2 as a 15 minute infusion or intravenous push, followed by 5-FU 500 mg/m 2 intravenous bolus weekly × 4 every 6 weeks Oxaliplatin + Irinotecan (IROX) (N = 264) Day 1: Oxaliplatin: 85 mg/m 2 intravenous (2- hour infusion) + irinotecan 200 mg/m 2 intravenous over 30 minutes every 3 weeks The following table presents the demographics of the patient population entered into this study.

Table 21 – Patient Demographics in Patients Previously Untreated for Advanced Colorectal Cancer Clinical Trial Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV N = 267 Irinotecan + 5-FU/LV N = 264 Oxaliplatin + irinotecan N = 264 Sex: Male (%) 58.8 65.2 61 Female (%) 41.2 34.8 39 Median age (years) 61 61 61 < 65 years of age (%) 61 62 63 ≥ 65 years of age (%) 39 38 37 ECOG (%) 0 to 1 94.4 95.5 94.7 2 5.6 4.5 5.3 Involved organs (%) Colon only 0.7 0.8 0.4 Liver only 39.3 44.3 39 Liver + other 41.2 38.6 40.9 Lung only 6.4 3.8 5.3 Other (including lymph nodes) 11.6 11 12.9 Not reported 0.7 1.5 1.5 Prior radiation (%) 3 1.5 3 Prior surgery (%) 74.5 79.2 81.8 Prior adjuvant (%) 15.7 14.8 15.2 The length of a treatment cycle was 2 weeks for the oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen; 6 weeks for the irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen; and 3 weeks for the oxaliplatin plus irinotecan regimen.

The median number of cycles administered per patient was 10 (23.9 weeks) for the oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen, 4 (23.6 weeks) for the irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen, and 7 (21 weeks) for the oxaliplatin plus irinotecan regimen.

Patients treated with the oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin combination had a significantly longer time to tumor progression based on investigator assessment, longer overall survival, and a significantly higher confirmed response rate based on investigator assessment compared to patients given irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin.

The following table summarizes the efficacy results.

Table 22 – Summary of Efficacy Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV N = 267 irinotecan + 5-FU/LV N = 264 Oxaliplatin + irinotecan N = 264 Survival (ITT) Number of deaths N (%) 155 (58.1) 192 (72.7) 175 (66.3) Median survival (months) 19.4 14.6 17.6 Hazard Ratio and (95% confidence interval) 0.65 (0.53 to 0.80)* P-value < 0.0001* – – TTP (ITT, investigator assessment) Percentage of progressors 82.8 81.8 89.4 Median TTP (months) 8.7 6.9 6.5 Hazard Ratio and (95% confidence interval) *** 0.74 (0.61 to 0.89)* P-value 0.0014* – – Response Rate (investigator assessment)** Patients with measurable disease 210 212 215 Complete response N (%) 13 (6.2) 5 (2.4) 7 (3.3) Partial response N (%) 82 (39) 64 (30.2) 67 (31.2) Complete and partial response N (%) 95 (45.2) 69 (32.5) 74 (34.4) 95% confidence interval (38.5 to 52) (26.2 to 38.9) (28.1 to 40.8) P-value 0.0080* – – *Compared to irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin (IFL) arm **Based on all patients with measurable disease at baseline The numbers in the response rate and TTP analysis are based on unblinded investigator assessment.

***A hazard ratio of less than 1 favors Oxaliplatin + Infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin Figure 4 illustrates the Kaplan-Meier survival curves for the comparison of oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin combination and oxaliplatin plus irinotecan to irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin.

* Log rank test comparing oxaliplatin plus 5-FU/LV to irinotecan plus 5-FU/LV.

Figure 4 – Kaplan-Meier Overall Survival by treatment arm A descriptive subgroup analysis demonstrated that the improvement in survival for oxaliplatin plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin compared to irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin appeared to be maintained across age groups, prior adjuvant therapy, and number of organs involved.

An estimated survival advantage in oxaliplatin plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin versus irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin was seen in both genders; however it was greater among women than men.

Insufficient subgroup sizes prevented analysis by race.

Figure 4 14.3 Combination Therapy with Oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin in Previously Treated Patients with Advanced Colorectal Cancer A multicenter, open-label, randomized, three-arm controlled study was conducted in the US and Canada comparing the efficacy and safety of oxaliplatin in combination with an infusional schedule of 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin to the same dose and schedule of 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone and to single agent oxaliplatin in patients with advanced colorectal cancer who had relapsed/progressed during or within 6 months of first-line therapy with bolus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin and irinotecan.

The study was intended to be analyzed for response rate after 450 patients were enrolled.

Survival will be subsequently assessed in all patients enrolled in the completed study.

Accrual to this study is complete, with 821 patients enrolled.

Patients in the study had to be at least 18 years of age, have unresectable, measurable, histologically proven colorectal adenocarcinoma, with a Karnofsky performance status > 50%.

Patients had to have SGOT(AST) and SGPT(ALT) ≤ 2× the institution’s upper limit of normal (ULN), unless liver metastases were present and documented at baseline by CT or MRI scan, in which case ≤ 5× ULN was permitted.

Patients had to have alkaline phosphatase ≤ 2× the institution’s ULN, unless liver metastases were present and documented at baseline by CT or MRI scan, in which cases ≤ 5× ULN was permitted.

Prior radiotherapy was permitted if it had been completed at least 3 weeks before randomization.

The dosing regimens of the three arms of the study are presented in the table below.

Table 23 – Dosing Regimens in Refractory and Relapsed Colorectal Cancer Clinical Trial Treatment Arm Dose Regimen Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV (N = 152) Day 1: Oxaliplatin: 85 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion) + LV 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) Day 2: LV 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) every 2 weeks 5-FU/LV (N = 151) Day 1: LV 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) Day 2: LV 200 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion), followed by 5-FU: 400 mg/m 2 (bolus), 600 mg/m 2 (22-hour infusion) every 2 weeks Oxaliplatin (N = 156) Day 1: Oxaliplatin 85 mg/m 2 (2-hour infusion) every 2 weeks Patients entered into the study for evaluation of response must have had at least one unidimensional lesion measuring ≥ 20mm using conventional CT or MRI scans, or ≥ 10mm using a spiral CT scan.

Tumor response and progression were assessed every 3 cycles (6 weeks) using the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST) until radiological documentation of progression or for 13 months following the first dose of study drug(s), whichever came first.

Confirmed responses were based on two tumor assessments separated by at least 4 weeks.

The demographics of the patient population entered into this study are shown in the table below.

Table 24 – Patient Demographics in Refractory and Relapsed Colorectal Cancer Clinical Trial 5-FU/LV (N = 151) Oxaliplatin (N = 156) Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV (N = 152) Sex: Male (%) 54.3 60.9 57.2 Female (%) 45.7 39.1 42.8 Median age (years) 60 61 59 Range 21 to 80 27 to 79 22 to 88 Race (%) Caucasian 87.4 84.6 88.8 Black 7.9 7.1 5.9 Asian 1.3 2.6 2.6 Other 3.3 5.8 2.6 KPS (%) 70 to 100 94.7 92.3 95.4 50 to 60 2.6 4.5 2 Not reported 2.6 3.2 2.6 Prior radiotherapy (%) 25.2 19.2 25 Prior pelvic radiation (%) 18.5 13.5 21.1 Number of metastatic sites (%) 1 27.2 31.4 25.7 ≥ 2 72.2 67.9 74.3 Liver involvement (%) Liver only 22.5 25.6 18.4 Liver + other 60.3 59 53.3 The median number of cycles administered per patient was 6 for the oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin combination and 3 each for 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone and oxaliplatin alone.

Patients treated with the combination of oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin had an increased response rate compared to patients given 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin or oxaliplatin alone.

The efficacy results are summarized in the tables below.

Table 25 – Response Rates (ITT Analysis) Best Response 5-FU/LV (N = 151) Oxaliplatin (N = 156) Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV (N = 152) CR 0 0 0 PR 0 2 (1%) 13 (9%) p-value 0.0002 for 5-FU/LV vs.

Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV 95% CI 0 to 2.4% 0.2 to 4.6% 4.6 to 14.2% Table 26 – Summary of Radiographic Time to Progression* Arm 5-FU/LV (N = 151) Oxaliplatin (N = 156) Oxaliplatin + 5-FU/LV (N = 152) No.

of Progressors 74 101 50 No.

of patients with no radiological evaluation beyond baseline 22 (15%) 16 (10%) 17 (11%) Median TTP (months) 2.7 1.6 4.6 95% CI 1.8 to 3 1.4 to 2.7 4.2 to 6.1 *This is not an ITT analysis.

Events were limited to radiographic disease progression documented by independent review of radiographs.

Clinical progression was not included in this analysis, and 18% of patients were excluded from the analysis based on unavailability of the radiographs for independent review.

At the time of the interim analysis 49% of the radiographic progression events had occurred.

In this interim analysis an estimated 2-month increase in median time to radiographic progression was observed compared to 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone.

Of the 13 patients who had tumor response to the combination of oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin, 5 were female and 8 were male, and responders included patients < 65 years old and ≥ 65 years old.

The small number of non-Caucasian participants made efficacy analyses in these populations uninterpretable.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING 16.1 How Supplied Oxaliplatin Injection is supplied in clear, glass, single-use vials with gray elastomeric stoppers and aluminum flip-off seals containing 50 mg or 100 mg of oxaliplatin as a sterile, preservative-free, aqueous solution at a concentration of 5 mg/mL.

Water for injection and lactose monohydrate are present as inactive ingredients.

NDC No.

63323-211-10 Product No.

721210 50 mg single-use vial with flip-off seal individually packaged in a carton NDC No.

63323-212-20 Product No.

721220 100 mg single-use vial with flip-off seal individually packaged in a carton.

16.2 Storage Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

DO NOT FREEZE.

PROTECT FROM LIGHT.

Keep in original outer carton.

16.3 Handling and Disposal As with other potentially toxic anticancer agents, care should be exercised in the handling and preparation of infusion solutions prepared from oxaliplatin.

The use of gloves is recommended.

If a solution of oxaliplatin contacts the skin, wash the skin immediately and thoroughly with soap and water.

If oxaliplatin contacts the mucous membranes, flush thoroughly with water.

Procedures for the handling and disposal of anticancer drugs should be considered.

Several guidelines on the subject have been published [see References ( 15 )] .

There is no general agreement that all of the procedures recommended in the guidelines are necessary or appropriate.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 ) 10/2015 Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 , 5.4 , 5.7 , 5.8 , 5.9 ) 10/2015

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use No significant effect of age on the clearance of ultrafilterable platinum has been observed.

In the adjuvant therapy colon cancer randomized clinical trial, [see Clinical Studies ( 14 )] 723 patients treated with oxaliplatin and infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin were < 65 years and 400 patients were ≥ 65 years.

A descriptive subgroup analysis demonstrated that the improvement in DFS for the oxaliplatin combination arm compared to the infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone arm appeared to be maintained across genders.

The effect of oxaliplatin in patients ≥ 65 years of age was not conclusive.

Insufficient subgroup sizes prevented analysis by race.

Patients ≥ 65 years of age receiving the oxaliplatin combination therapy experienced more grade 3 to 4 granulocytopenia than patients < 65 years of age (45% versus 39%).

In the previously untreated for advanced colorectal cancer randomized clinical trial [see Clinical Studies ( 14 )] of oxaliplatin, 160 patients treated with oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin were < 65 years and 99 patients were ≥ 65 years.

The same efficacy improvements in response rate, time to tumor progression, and overall survival were observed in the ≥ 65 year old patients as in the overall study population.

In the previously treated for advanced colorectal cancer randomized clinical trial [see Clinical Studies ( 14 )] of oxaliplatin, 95 patients treated with oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin were < 65 years and 55 patients were ≥ 65 years.

The rates of overall adverse reactions, including grade 3 and 4 events, were similar across and within arms in the different age groups in all studies.

The incidence of diarrhea, dehydration, hypokalemia, leukopenia, fatigue and syncope were higher in patients ≥ 65 years old.

No adjustment to starting dose was required in patients ≥ 65 years old.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Oxaliplatin is a sterile, preservative-free, aqueous solution at a concentration of 5 mg/mL for dilution and supplied in single-use vials containing 50 mg or 100 mg of oxaliplatin.

Single-use vials of 50 mg or 100 mg oxaliplatin as a sterile, preservative-free, aqueous solution at a concentration of 5 mg/mL.

( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Oxaliplatin undergoes nonenzymatic conversion in physiologic solutions to active derivatives via displacement of the labile oxalate ligand.

Several transient reactive species are formed, including monoaquo and diaquo DACH platinum, which covalently bind with macromolecules.

Both inter- and intrastrand Pt-DNA crosslinks are formed.

Crosslinks are formed between the N7 positions of two adjacent guanines (GG), adjacent adenine-guanines (AG), and guanines separated by an intervening nucleotide (GNG).

These crosslinks inhibit DNA replication and transcription.

Cytotoxicity is cell-cycle nonspecific.

In vivo studies have shown antitumor activity of oxaliplatin against colon carcinoma.

In combination with 5-fluorouracil, oxaliplatin exhibits in vitro and in vivo antiproliferative activity greater than either compound alone in several tumor models [HT29 (colon), GR (mammary), and L1210 (leukemia)].

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Oxaliplatin, used in combination with infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin, is indicated for: • adjuvant treatment of stage III colon cancer in patients who have undergone complete resection of the primary tumor.

• treatment of advanced colorectal cancer.

Oxaliplatin injection is a platinum-based drug used in combination with infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin, which is indicated for: • adjuvant treatment of stage III colon cancer in patients who have undergone complete resection of the primary tumor.

( 1 ) • treatment of advanced colorectal cancer.

( 1 )

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The effectiveness of oxaliplatin in children has not been established.

Oxaliplatin has been tested in 2 Phase 1 and 2 Phase 2 trials in 235 patients ages 7 months to 22 years with solid tumors (see below) and no significant activity observed.

In a Phase 1/2 study, oxaliplatin was administered as a 2-hour intravenous infusion on Days 1, 8 and 15 every 4 weeks (1 cycle), for a maximum of 6 cycles, to 43 patients with refractory or relapsed malignant solid tumors, mainly neuroblastoma and osteosarcoma.

Twenty eight pediatric patients in the Phase 1 study received oxaliplatin at 6 dose levels starting at 40 mg/m² with escalation to 110 mg/m².

The dose limiting toxicity (DLT) was sensory neuropathy at the 110 mg/m² dose.

Fifteen patients received oxaliplatin at a dose of 90 mg/m² intravenous in the Phase 2 portion of the study.

At this dose, paresthesia (60%, G3/4: 7%), fever (40%, G3/4: 7%) and thrombocytopenia (40%, G3/4: 27%) were the main adverse reactions.

No responses were observed.

In a second Phase 1 study, oxaliplatin was administered to 26 pediatric patients as a 2-hour intravenous infusion on day 1 every 3 weeks (1 cycle) at 5 dose levels starting at 100 mg/m² with escalation to 160 mg/m², for a maximum of 6 cycles.

In a separate cohort, oxaliplatin 85 mg/m² was administered on day 1 every 2 weeks, for a maximum of 9 doses.

Patients had metastatic or unresectable solid tumors mainly neuroblastoma and ganglioneuroblastoma.

No responses were observed.

The DLT was sensory neuropathy at the 160 mg/m² dose.

Based on these studies, oxaliplatin 130 mg/m² as a 2-hour intravenous infusion on day 1 every 3 weeks (1 cycle) was used in subsequent Phase II studies.

A dose of 85 mg/m 2 on day 1 every 2 weeks was also found to be tolerable.

In one Phase 2 study, 43 pediatric patients with recurrent or refractory embryonal CNS tumors received oxaliplatin 130 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks for a maximum of 12 months in absence of progressive disease or unacceptable toxicity.

In patients < 10 kg the oxaliplatin dose used was 4.3 mg/kg.

The most common adverse reactions reported were leukopenia (67%, G3/4: 12%), anemia (65%, G3/4: 5%), thrombocytopenia (65%, G3/4: 26%), vomiting (65%, G3/4: 7%), neutropenia (58%, G3/4: 16%) and sensory neuropathy (40%, G3/4: 5%).

One partial response was observed.

In a second Phase 2 study, 123 pediatric patients with recurrent solid tumors, including neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma or peripheral PNET, ependymoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, hepatoblastoma, high grade astrocytoma, Brain stem glioma, low grade astrocytoma, malignant germ cell tumor and other tumors of interest received oxaliplatin 130 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks for a maximum of 12 months or 17 cycles.

In patients ≤ 12 months old the oxaliplatin dose used was 4.3 mg/kg.

The most common adverse reactions reported were sensory neuropathy (52%, G3/4: 12%), thrombocytopenia (37%, G3/4: 17%), anemia (37%, G3/4: 9%), vomiting (26%, G3/4: 4%), ALT increased (24%, G3/4: 6%), AST increased (24%, G3/4: 2%), and nausea (23%, G3/4: 3%).

Two partial responses were observed.

The pharmacokinetic parameters of ultrafiltrable platinum have been evaluated in 105 pediatric patients during the first cycle.

The mean clearance in pediatric patients estimated by the population pharmacokinetic analysis was 4.7 L/h.

The inter-patient variability of platinum clearance in pediatric cancer patients was 41%.

Mean platinum pharmacokinetic parameters in ultrafiltrate were C max of 0.75 ± 0.24 mcg/mL, AUC 0-48 of 7.52 ± 5.07 mcg•h/mL and AUC inf of 8.83 ± 1.57 mcg•h/mL at 85 mg/m² of oxaliplatin and C max of 1.10 ± 0.43 mcg/mL, AUC 0-48 of 9.74 ± 2.52 mcg•h/mL and AUC inf of 17.3 ± 5.34 mcg•h/mL at 130 mg/m 2 of oxaliplatin.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Category D Based on direct interaction with DNA, oxaliplatin may cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies of oxaliplatin in pregnant women.

Reproductive toxicity studies in rats demonstrated adverse effects on fertility and embryo-fetal development at maternal doses that were below the recommended human dose based on body surface area.

If this drug is used during pregnancy or if the patient becomes pregnant while taking this drug, the patient should be apprised of the potential hazard to the fetus.

Women of childbearing potential should be advised to avoid becoming pregnant and use effective contraception while receiving treatment with oxaliplatin.

Pregnant rats were administered oxaliplatin at less than one-tenth the recommended human dose based on body surface area during gestation days 1 to 5 (pre-implantation), 6 to 10, or 11 to 16 (during organogenesis).

Oxaliplatin caused developmental mortality (increased early resorptions) when administered on days 6 to 10 and 11 to 16 and adversely affected fetal growth (decreased fetal weight, delayed ossification) when administered on days 6 to 10.

Administration of oxaliplatin to male and female rats prior to mating resulted in 97% post-implantation loss in animals that received approximately one-seventh the recommended human dose based on the body surface area.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers It is not known whether oxaliplatin or its derivatives are excreted in human milk.

Because many drugs are excreted in human milk and because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants from oxaliplatin, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: ANAPHYLACTIC REACTIONS Anaphylactic reactions to oxaliplatin have been reported, and may occur within minutes of oxaliplatin administration.

Epinephrine, corticosteroids, and antihistamines have been employed to alleviate symptoms of anaphylaxis [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )].

WARNING: ANAPHYLACTIC REACTIONS See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning .

Anaphylactic reactions to oxaliplatin have been reported, and may occur within minutes of oxaliplatin administration.

Epinephrine, corticosteroids, and antihistamines have been employed to alleviate symptoms.

( 5.1 )

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS • Allergic Reactions: Monitor for development of rash, urticaria, erythema, pruritis, bronchospasm, and hypotension.

( 5.1 ) • Neuropathy: Reduce the dose or discontinue oxaliplatin if necessary.

( 5.2 ) • Severe Neutropenia: Delay oxaliplatin until neutrophils are ≥1.5 x 10 9 /L.

Withhold oxaliplatin for sepsis.

( 5.3 ) • Pulmonary Toxicity: May need to discontinue oxaliplatin until interstitial lung disease or pulmonary fibrosis are excluded.

( 5.4 ) • Hepatotoxicity: Monitor liver function tests.

( 5.5 ) • Cardiovascular Toxicity: Correct hypokalemia or hypomagnesemia prior to initiating oxaliplatin.

( 5.6 ) • Rhabdomyolysis: Discontinue oxaliplatin if rhabdomyolysis occurs.

( 5.7 ) • Pregnancy.

Fetal harm can occur when administered to a pregnant woman.

Women should be apprised of the potential harm to the fetus.

( 5.8 , 8.1 ) 5.1 Allergic Reactions See boxed warning .

Grade 3/4 hypersensitivity, including anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions, to oxaliplatin has been observed in 2% to 3% of colon cancer patients.

These allergic reactions which can be fatal, can occur within minutes of administration and at any cycle, and were similar in nature and severity to those reported with other platinum-containing compounds, such as rash, urticaria, erythema, pruritus, and, rarely, bronchospasm and hypotension.

The symptoms associated with hypersensitivity reactions reported in the previously untreated patients were urticaria, pruritus, flushing of the face, diarrhea associated with oxaliplatin infusion, shortness of breath, bronchospasm, diaphoresis, chest pains, hypotension, disorientation and syncope.

These reactions are usually managed with standard epinephrine, corticosteroid, antihistamine therapy, and require discontinuation of therapy.

Rechallenge is contraindicated in these patients [see Contraindications ( 4 ) ] .

Drug-related deaths associated with platinum compounds from anaphylaxis have been reported.

5.2 Neurologic Toxicity Neuropathy Oxaliplatin is associated with two types of neuropathy An acute, reversible, primarily peripheral, sensory neuropathy that is of early onset, occurring within hours or one to two days of dosing, that resolves within 14 days, and that frequently recurs with further dosing.

The symptoms may be precipitated or exacerbated by exposure to cold temperature or cold objects and they usually present as transient paresthesia, dysesthesia and hypoesthesia in the hands, feet, perioral area, or throat.

Jaw spasm, abnormal tongue sensation, dysarthria, eye pain, and a feeling of chest pressure have also been observed.

The acute, reversible pattern of sensory neuropathy was observed in about 56% of study patients who received oxaliplatin with 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin.

In any individual cycle acute neurotoxicity was observed in approximately 30% of patients.

In adjuvant patients the median cycle of onset for grade 3 peripheral sensory neuropathy was 9 in the previously treated patients the median number of cycles administered on the oxaliplatin with 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin combination arm was 6.

An acute syndrome of pharyngolaryngeal dysesthesia seen in 1% to 2% (grade 3/4) of patients previously untreated for advanced colorectal cancer, and the previously treated patients, is characterized by subjective sensations of dysphagia or dyspnea, without any laryngospasm or bronchospasm (no stridor or wheezing).

Ice (mucositis prophylaxis) should be avoided during the infusion of oxaliplatin because cold temperature can exacerbate acute neurological symptoms .

A persistent (> 14 days), primarily peripheral, sensory neuropathy that is usually characterized by paresthesias, dysesthesias, hypoesthesias, but may also include deficits in proprioception that can interfere with daily activities (e.g., writing, buttoning, swallowing, and difficulty walking from impaired proprioception).

These forms of neuropathy occurred in 48% of the study patients receiving oxaliplatin with 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin.

Persistent neuropathy can occur without any prior acute neuropathy event.

The majority of the patients (80%) who developed grade 3 persistent neuropathy progressed from prior Grade 1 or 2 events.

These symptoms may improve in some patients upon discontinuation of oxaliplatin.

In the adjuvant colon cancer trial, neuropathy was graded using a prelisted module derived from the Neuro-Sensory section of the National Cancer Institute Common Toxicity Criteria (NCI CTC) scale, Version 1, as follows: Table 1 – NCI CTC Grading for Neuropathy in Adjuvant Patients Grade Definition Grade 0 No change or none Grade 1 Mild paresthesias, loss of deep tendon reflexes Grade 2 Mild or moderate objective sensory loss, moderate paresthesias Grade 3 Severe objective sensory loss or paresthesias that interfere with function Grade 4 Not applicable Peripheral sensory neuropathy was reported in adjuvant patients treated with the oxaliplatin combination with a frequency of 92% (all grades) and 13% (grade 3).

At the 28-day follow-up after the last treatment cycle, 60% of all patients had any grade (Grade 1=40%, Grade 2=16%, Grade 3=5%) peripheral sensory neuropathy decreasing to 39% at 6 months follow-up (Grade 1=31%, Grade 2=7%, Grade 3=1%) and 21% at 18 months of follow-up (Grade 1=17%, Grade 2=3%, Grade 3=1%).

In the advanced colorectal cancer studies, neuropathy was graded using a study-specific neurotoxicity scale, which was different from the NCI CTC scale, Version 2.0 (see below).

Table 2 – Grading Scale for Paresthesias/Dysesthesias in Advanced Colorectal Cancer Patients Grade Definition Grade 1 Resolved and did not interfere with functioning Grade 2 Interfered with function but not daily activities Grade 3 Pain or functional impairment that interfered with daily activities Grade 4 Persistent impairment that is disabling or life-threatening Overall, neuropathy was reported in patients previously untreated for advanced colorectal cancer in 82% (all grades) and 19% (grade 3/4), and in the previously treated patients in 74% (all grades) and 7% (grade 3/4) events.

Information regarding reversibility of neuropathy was not available from the trial for patients who had not been previously treated for colorectal cancer.

Reversible Posterior Leukoencephalopathy Syndrome Reversible Posterior Leukoencephalopathy Syndrome (RPLS, also known as PRES, Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome) has been observed in clinical trials (< 0.1%) and postmarketing experience.

Signs and symptoms of RPLS could be headache, altered mental functioning, seizures, abnormal vision from blurriness to blindness, associated or not with hypertension [see Adverse Reactions ( 6.2 ) ] .

Diagnosis of RPLS is based upon confirmation by brain imaging.

5.3 Severe Neutropenia Grade 3 or 4 neutropenia occurred in 41 to 44% of patients with colorectal cancer treated with oxaliplatin in combination with 5-flurouracil (5-FU) and leucovorin compared to 5% with 5-FU plus leucovorin alone.

Sepsis, neutropenic sepsis and septic shock have been reported in patients treated with oxaliplatin, including fatal outcomes [see Adverse Reactions ( 6.1 )] .

Delay oxaliplatin until neutrophils are ≥ 1.5 x 10 9 /L.

Withhold oxaliplatin for sepsis or septic shock.

Dose reduce oxaliplatin after recovery from Grade 4 neutropenia or febrile neutropenia [see Dosage and Administration (2.2)] .

5.4 Pulmonary Toxicity Oxaliplatin has been associated with pulmonary fibrosis (< 1% of study patients), which may be fatal.

The combined incidence of cough and dyspnea was 7.4% (any grade) and < 1% (grade 3) with no grade 4 events in the oxaliplatin plus infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin arm compared to 4.5% (any grade) and no grade 3 and 0.1% grade 4 events in the infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin alone arm in adjuvant colon cancer patients.

In this study, one patient died from eosinophilic pneumonia in the oxaliplatin combination arm.

The combined incidence of cough, dyspnea and hypoxia was 43% (any grade) and 7% (grade 3 and 4) in the oxaliplatin plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin arm compared to 32% (any grade) and 5% (grade 3 and 4) in the irinotecan plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin arm of unknown duration for patients with previously untreated colorectal cancer.

In case of unexplained respiratory symptoms such as non-productive cough, dyspnea, crackles, or radiological pulmonary infiltrates, oxaliplatin should be discontinued until further pulmonary investigation excludes interstitial lung disease or pulmonary fibrosis.

5.5 Hepatotoxicity Hepatotoxicity as evidenced in the adjuvant study, by increase in transaminases (57% vs.

34%) and alkaline phosphatase (42% vs.

20%) was observed more commonly in the oxaliplatin combination arm than in the control arm.

The incidence of increased bilirubin was similar on both arms.

Changes noted on liver biopsies include: peliosis, nodular regenerative hyperplasia or sinusoidal alterations, perisinusoidal fibrosis, and veno-occlusive lesions.

Hepatic vascular disorders should be considered, and if appropriate, should be investigated in case of abnormal liver function test results or portal hypertension, which cannot be explained by liver metastases [see Clinical Trials Experience ( 6.1 )] .

5.6 Cardiovascular Toxicity QT prolongation and ventricular arrhythmias including fatal Torsade de Pointes have been reported in postmarketing experiences following oxaliplatin administration.

ECG monitoring is recommended if therapy is initiated in patients with congestive heart failure, bradyarrhythmias, drugs known to prolong the QT interval, including Class Ia and III antiarrhythmics, and electrolyte abnormalities.

Correct hypokalemia or hypomagnesemia prior to initiating oxaliplatin and monitor these electrolytes periodically during therapy.

Avoid oxaliplatin in patients with congenital long QT syndrome [see Adverse Reactions ( 6.2 )] .

5.7 Rhabdomyolysis Rhabdomyolysis, including fatal cases, has been reported in patients treated with oxaliplatin.

Discontinue oxaliplatin if any signs or symptoms of rhabdomyolysis occur [see Adverse Reactions ( 6.2 )] .

5.8 Use in Pregnancy Pregnancy Category D Oxaliplatin may cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies of oxaliplatin in pregnant women.

Women of childbearing potential should be advised to avoid becoming pregnant while receiving treatment with oxaliplatin [see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1 )].

5.9 Recommended Laboratory Tests Standard monitoring of the white blood cell count with differential, hemoglobin, platelet count, and blood chemistries (including ALT, AST, bilirubin and creatinine) is recommended before each oxaliplatin cycle [see Dosage and Administration ( 2 )].

There have been reports while on study and from post-marketing surveillance of prolonged prothrombin time and INR occasionally associated with hemorrhage in patients who received oxaliplatin plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin while on anticoagulants.

Patients receiving oxaliplatin plus 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin and requiring oral anticoagulants may require closer monitoring.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise patients: • To expect side effects of oxaliplatin, particularly its neurologic effects, both the acute, reversible effects and the persistent neurosensory toxicity.

Patients should be informed that the acute neurosensory toxicity may be precipitated or exacerbated by exposure to cold or cold objects.

• To avoid cold drinks, use of ice, and should cover exposed skin prior to exposure to cold temperature or cold objects.

• Of the risk of low blood cell counts and to contact their physician immediately should fever, particularly if associated with persistent diarrhea, or evidence of infection develop.

• To contact their physician if persistent vomiting, diarrhea, signs of dehydration, cough or breathing difficulties occur, or signs of allergic reaction appear.

• To exercise caution when driving and using machines.

No studies on the effects of the ability to operate cars and machines have been performed; however, oxaliplatin treatment resulting in an increase risk of dizziness, nausea and vomiting, and other neurologic symptoms that affect gait and balance may lead to a minor or moderate influence on the ability to drive and use machines.

• Of the potential effects of vision abnormalities, in particular transient vision loss (reversible following therapy discontinuation), which may affect patients’ ability to drive and use machines.

FDA-Approved Patient Labeling

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Oxaliplatin injection should be administered under the supervision of a qualified physician experienced in the use of cancer chemotherapeutic agents.

Appropriate management of therapy and complications is possible only when adequate diagnostic and treatment facilities are readily available.

• Administer oxaliplatin injection in combination with 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin every 2 weeks.

( 2.1 ): • Day 1: Oxaliplatin injection 85 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 250 to 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection and leucovorin 200 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 5% Dextrose Injection both given over 120 minutes at the same time in separate bags using a Y-line, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m 2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

• Day 2: Leucovorin 200 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion over 120 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m 2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

• Reduce the dose of oxaliplatin injection to 75 mg/m 2 (adjuvant setting) or 65 mg/m 2 (advanced colorectal cancer) ( 2.2 ): • if there are persistent grade 2 neurosensory events that do not resolve.

• after recovery from grade 3/4 gastrointestinal toxicities (despite prophylactic treatment) or grade 4 neutropenia or febrile neutropenia or grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia.

Delay next dose until neutrophils ≥ 1.5 × 10 9 /L and platelets ≥ 75 × 10 9 /L.

• For patients with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min), the initial recommended dose is 65 mg/m².

(2.2) • Discontinue oxaliplatin injection if there are persistent Grade 3 neurosensory events.

( 2.2 ) • Never prepare a final dilution with a sodium chloride solution or other chloride-containing solutions.

( 2.3 ) 2.1 Dosage Administer oxaliplatin in combination with 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin every 2 weeks.

For advanced disease, treatment is recommended until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.

For adjuvant use, treatment is recommended for a total of 6 months (12 cycles): Day 1: Oxaliplatin 85 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 250 to 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection and leucovorin 200 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 5% Dextrose Injection both given over 120 minutes at the same time in separate bags using a Y-line, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m 2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

Day 2: Leucovorin 200 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion over 120 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m 2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m 2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

Figure 1 The administration of oxaliplatin does not require prehydration.

Premedication with antiemetics, including 5-HT 3 blockers with or without dexamethasone, is recommended.

For information on 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin, see the respective package inserts.

Figure 1 2.2 Dose Modification Recommendations Prior to subsequent therapy cycles, patients should be evaluated for clinical toxicities and recommended laboratory tests [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.9 ) ].

Prolongation of infusion time for oxaliplatin from 2 hours to 6 hours may mitigate acute toxicities.

The infusion times for 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin do not need to be changed.

Adjuvant Therapy in Patients with Stage III Colon Cancer Neuropathy and other toxicities were graded using the NCI CTC scale version 1 [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )].

For patients who experience persistent Grade 2 neurosensory events that do not resolve, a dose reduction of oxaliplatin to 75 mg/m 2 should be considered.

For patients with persistent Grade 3 neurosensory events, discontinuing therapy should be considered.

The infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen need not be altered.

A dose reduction of oxaliplatin to 75 mg/m 2 and infusional 5-fluorouracil to 300 mg/m 2 bolus and 500 mg/m 2 22 hour infusion is recommended for patients after recovery from grade 3/4 gastrointestinal (despite prophylactic treatment), or grade 4 neutropenia, or febrile neutropenia, or grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia.

The next dose should be delayed until: neutrophils ≥ 1.5 × 10 9 /L and platelets ≥ 75 × 10 9 /L.

Dose Modifications in Therapy in Previously Untreated and Previously Treated Patients with Advanced Colorectal Cancer Neuropathy was graded using a study-specific neurotoxicity scale [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )] .

Other toxicities were graded by the NCI CTC, Version 2.0.

For patients who experience persistent Grade 2 neurosensory events that do not resolve, a dose reduction of oxaliplatin to 65 mg/m 2 should be considered.

For patients with persistent Grade 3 neurosensory events, discontinuing therapy should be considered.

The 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen need not be altered.

A dose reduction of oxaliplatin to 65 mg/m 2 and 5-fluorouracil by 20% (300 mg/m 2 bolus and 500 mg/m 2 22-hour infusion) is recommended for patients after recovery from grade 3/4 gastrointestinal (despite prophylactic treatment), or grade 4 neutropenia, or febrile neutropenia, or grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia.

The next dose should be delayed until: neutrophils ≥ 1.5 × 10 9 /L and platelets ≥ 75 × 10 9 /L.

Dose Modifications in Therapy for Patients with Renal Impairment In patients with normal renal function or mild to moderate renal impairment, the recommended dose of oxaliplatin is 85 mg/m 2 .

In patients with severe renal impairment, the initial recommended oxaliplatin dose should be reduced to 65 mg/m 2 [see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.6 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ] .

2.3 Preparation of Infusion Solution Do not freeze and protect from light the concentrated solution.

A final dilution must never be performed with a sodium chloride solution or other chloride-containing solutions.

The solution must be further diluted in an infusion solution of 250 to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection.

After dilution with 250 to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection, the shelf life is 6 hours at room temperature [20 to 25°C (68 to 77°F)] or up to 24 hours under refrigeration [2 to 8°C (36 to 46°F)].

After final dilution, protection from light is not required.

Oxaliplatin is incompatible in solution with alkaline medications or media (such as basic solutions of 5-fluorouracil) and must not be mixed with these or administered simultaneously through the same infusion line.

The infusion line should be flushed with 5% Dextrose Injection prior to administration of any concomitant medication.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration and discarded if present.

Needles or intravenous administration sets containing aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxaliplatin should not be used for the preparation or mixing of the drug.

Aluminum has been reported to cause degradation of platinum compounds.

ipratropium Br 0.5 MG / albuterol sulfate 3 MG in 3 ML Inhalant Solution

WARNINGS

Paradoxical Bronchospasm: In the clinical study of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, paradoxical bronchospasm was not observed.

However, paradoxical bronchospasm has been observed with both inhaled ipratropium bromide and albuterol products and can be life-threatening.

If this occurs, Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution should be discontinued immediately and alternative therapy instituted.

DO not Exceed Recommended Dose: Fatalities have been reported in association with excessive use of inhaled products containing sympathomimetic amines and with the home use of nebulizers.

Cardiovascular Effects: Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, like other beta adrenergic agonists, can produce a clinically significant cardiovascular effect in some patients as measured by pulse rate, blood pressure, and/or symptoms.

Although such effects are uncommon for Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution at recommended doses, if they occur, the drug may need to be discontinued.

In addition, beta agonists have been reported to produce ECG changes, such as flattening of the T-wave, prolongation of the QTc interval, and ST segment depression.

The clinical significance of these findings is unknown.

Therefore, Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, like other sympathomimetic amines, should be used with caution in patients with cardiovascular disorders, especially coronary insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias, and hypertension.

Immediate Hypersensitivity Reactions: Immediate hypersensitivity reactions to albuterol and/or ipratropium bromide may occur after the administration of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution as demonstrated by rare cases of urticaria, angioedema, rash, pruritus, oropharyngeal edema, bronchospasm, and anaphylaxis.

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Anticholinergic agents : Although ipratropium bromide is minimally absorbed into the systemic circulation, there is some potential for an additive interaction with concomitantly used anticholinergic medications.

Caution is, therefore, advised in the co-administration of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solutuion with other drugs having anticholinergic properties.

ß-adrenergic agents : Caution is advised in the co-administration of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solutuion and other sympathomimetic agents due to the increased risk of adverse cardiovascular effects.

ß-receptor blocking agents : These agents and albuterol sulfate inhibit the effect of each other.

β-receptor blocking agents should be used with caution in patients with hyperreactive airways, and if used, relatively β 1 selective agents are recommended.

Diuretics : The electrocardiogram (ECG) changes and/or hypokalemia that may result from the administration of non-potassium sparing diuretics (such as loop or thiazide diuretics) can be acutely worsened by β-agonists, especially when the recommended dose of the β-agonist is exceeded.

Although the clinical significance of these effects is not known, caution is advised in the co-administration of β-agonist-containing drugs, such as Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solutuion, with non-potassium sparing diuretics.

Monoamine oxidase inhibitors or tricyclic antidepressants : Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution should be administered with extreme caution to patients being treated with monoamine oxidase inhibitors or tricyclic antidepressants, or within 2 weeks of discontinuation of such agents because the action of albuterol sulfate on the cardiovascular system may be potentiated.

OVERDOSAGE

The effects of overdosage with Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution are expected to be related primarily to albuterol sulfate, since ipratropium bromide is not well-absorbed systemically after oral or aerosol administration.

The expected symptoms with overdosage are those of excessive beta-adrenergic stimulation and/or occurrence or exaggeration of symptoms such as seizures, angina, hypertension or hypotension, tachycardia with rates up to 200 beats per minute, arrhythmia, nervousness, headache, tremor, dry mouth, palpitation, nausea, dizziness, fatigue, malaise, insomnia, and exaggeration of pharmacological effects listed in ADVERSE REACTIONS .

Hypokalemia may also occur.

As with all sympathomimetic aerosol medications, cardiac arrest and even death may be associated with abuse of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution.

Treatment consists of discontinuation of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution together with appropriate symptomatic therapy.

The judicious use of a cardioselective beta-receptor blocker may be considered, bearing in mind that such medication can produce bronchospasm.

There is insufficient evidence to determine if dialysis is beneficial for overdosage of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution.

The oral median lethal dose of albuterol sulfate in mice is greater than 2000 mg/kg (approximately 540 times the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution on a mg/m 2 basis).

The subcutaneous median lethal dose of albuterol sulfate in mature rats and small young rats is approximately 450 and 2000 mg/kg respectively (approximately 240 and 1100 times the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution on a mg/m 2 basis, respectively).

The inhalation median lethal dose has not been determined in animals.

The oral median lethal dose of ipratropium bromide in mice, rats and dogs is greater than 1000 mg/kg, approximately 1700 mg/kg and approximately 400 mg/kg, respectively (approximately 1400, 4600, and 3600 times the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose in adults on a mg/m 2 basis, respectively).

DESCRIPTION

The active components in the product are albuterol sulfate and ipratropium bromide.

Albuterol sulfate, is a salt of racemic albuterol and a relatively selective β 2 -adrenergic bronchodilator chemically described as α 1 -[(tert-butylamino)methyl]-4-hydroxy-m-xylene-α, α’-diol sulfate (2:1) (salt).

It has a molecular weight of 576.7 and the molecular formula is (C 13 H 21 NO 3 ) 2 •H 2 SO 4 .

It is a white crystalline powder, soluble in water and slightly soluble in ethanol.

The World Health Organization recommended name for albuterol base is salbutamol.

Figure 3.

1-1.

Chemical structure of albuterol sulfate.

Ipratropium bromide is an anticholinergic bronchodilator chemically described as 8-azoniabicyclo [3.2.1]-octane, 3-(3-hydroxy-1-oxo-2-phenylpropoxy)-8methyl-8-(1-methylethyl)-, bromide, monohydrate (endo, syn)-, (±)-; a synthetic quaternary ammonium compound, chemically related to atropine.

It has a molecular weight of 430.4 and the empirical formula is C 20 H 30 BrNO 3 •H 2 O.

It is a white crystalline substance, freely soluble in water and lower alcohols, and insoluble in lipophilic solvents such as ether, chloroform, and fluorocarbons.

Figure 3.

1-2.

Chemical structure of ipratropium bromide.

Each 3 mL vial of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution contains 3 mg (0.1%) of albuterol sulfate (equivalent to 2.5 mg (0.083%) of albuterol base) and 0.5 mg (0.017%) of ipratropium bromide in an isotonic, sterile, aqueous solution containing sodium chloride, hydrochloric acid and/or sodium hydroxide to adjust to pH 4.

Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution is a clear, colorless solution.

It does not require dilution prior to administration by nebulization.

For Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, like all other nebulized treatments, the amount delivered to the lungs will depend on patient factors, the jet nebulizer utilized, and compressor performance.

Using the Pari-LC-Plus™ nebulizer (with face mask or mouthpiece) connected to a PRONEB™ compressor system, under in-vitro conditions, the mean delivered dose from the mouth piece (% nominal dose) was approximately 46% of albuterol and 42% of ipratropium bromide at a mean flow rate of 3.6 L/min.

The mean nebulization time was 15 minutes or less.

Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution should be administered from jet nebulizers at adequate flow rates, via face masks or mouthpieces (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

Figure 3 1-1.

Chemical structure of albuterol sulfate.

Figure 3.

1-2.

Chemical structure of ipratropium bromide.

HOW SUPPLIED

Ipratropium Bromide 0.5 mg and Albuterol Sulfate 3 mg* Inhalation Solution is supplied as 3-mL sterile solution for nebulization in sterile low-density polypropylene unit-dose vials.

Cards of five vials are placed into a foil pouch.

Supplied in cartons as listed below.

*Equivalent to 2.5 mg albuterol base NDC 16252-547-33 30 vials per carton NDC 16252-547-66 60 vials per carton Store between 2°C and 25°C (36°F and 77°F).

Protect from light.

Manufactured by: Catalent Pharma Solutions Woodstock, IL 60098, USA Manufactured for : Cobalt Laboratories Bonita Springs, Florida 34134, USA Item Number: STW-RCO06-42-0003 Revision: 1 Date: November 2008 cobalt logo

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use Of the total number of subjects in clinical studies of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, 62 percent were 65 and over, while 19 percent were 75 and over.

No overall differences in safety or effectiveness were observed between these subjects and younger subjects, and other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution is indicated for the treatment of bronchospasm associated with COPD in patients requiring more than one bronchodilator.

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use The safety and effectiveness of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution in patients below 18 years of age have not been established.

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Pregnancy Category C Albuterol Sulfate : Pregnacy Category C .

Albuterol sulfate has been shown to be teratogenic in mice.

A study in CD-1 mice given albuterol sulfate subcutaneously showed cleft palate formation in 5 of 111 (4.5%) fetuses at 0.25 mg/kg (less than the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose for adults on a mg/m 2 basis) and in 10 of 108 (9.3%) fetuses at 2.5 mg/kg (approximately equal to the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose for adults on a mg/m 2 basis).

The drug did not induce cleft palate formation when administered subcutaneously at a dose of 0.025 mg/kg (less than the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose for adults on a mg/m 2 basis).

Cleft palate formation also occurred in 22 of 72 (30.5%) fetuses from females treated subcutaneously with 2.5 mg/kg isoproterenol (positive control).

A reproduction study in Stride rabbits revealed cranioschisis in 7 of 19 (37%) fetuses when albuterol was administered orally at a dose of 50 mg/kg (approximately 55 times the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose for adults on a mg/m 2 basis).

A study in which pregnant rats were dosed with radiolabeled albuterol sulfate demonstrated that drug-related material is transferred from the maternal circulation to the fetus.

During worldwide marketing experience, various congenital anomalies, including cleft palate and limb defects, have been reported in the offspring of patients being treated with albuterol.

Some of the mothers were taking multiple medications during their pregnancies.

Because no consistent pattern of defects can be discerned, a relationship between albuterol use and congenital anomalies has not been established.

Ipratropium Bromide : Pregnancy Category B .

Reproduction studies in CD-1 mice, Sprague-Dawley rats and New Zealand rabbits demonstrated no evidence of teratogenicity at oral doses up to 10, 100, and 125 mg/kg, respectively (approximately 15, 270, and 680 times the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose for adults on a mg/m 2 basis).

Reproduction studies in rats and rabbits demonstrated no evidence of teratogenicity at inhalation doses up to 1.5 and 1.8 mg/kg, respectively (approximately 4 and 10 times the maximum recommended daily inhalation dose for adults on a mg/m 2 basis).

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies of the use of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, albuterol sulfate, or ipratropium bromide in pregnant women.

Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers It is not known whether the components of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution are excreted in human milk.

Although lipid-insoluble quaternary bases pass into breast milk, it is unlikely that ipratropium bromide would reach the infant to an important extent, especially when taken as a nebulized solution.

Because of the potential for tumorigenicity shown for albuterol sulfate in some animals, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or discontinue Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients The action of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution should last up to 5 hours.

Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution should not be used more frequently than recommended.

Patients should be instructed not to increase the dose or frequency of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution without consulting their healthcare provider.

If symptoms worsen, patients should be instructed to seek medical consultation.

Patients must avoid exposing their eyes to this product as temporary pupillary dilation, blurred vision, eye pain, or precipitation or worsening of narrow-angle glaucoma may occur, and therefore proper nebulizer technique should be assured, particularly if a mask is used.

If a patient becomes pregnant or begins nursing while on Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution, they should contact their healthcare provider about use of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution.

See the illustrated Patient’s Instruction for Use in the product package insert.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

The recommended dose of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution is one 3 mL vial administered 4 times per day via nebulization with up to 2 additional 3 mL doses allowed per day, if needed.

Safety and efficacy of additional doses or increased frequency of administration of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution beyond these guidelines had not been studied and the safety and efficacy of extra doses of albuterol sulfate or ipratropium bromide in addition to the recommended doses of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution have not been studied.

The use of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution can be continued as medically indicated to control recurring bouts of bronchospasm.

If a previously effective regimen fails to provide the usual relief, medical advice should be sought immediately, as this is often a sign of worsening COPD, which would require reassessment of therapy.

A Pari-LC-Plus™ nebulizer (with face mask or mouthpiece) connected to a PRONEB™ compressor was used to deliver Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution to each patient in one U.S.

clinical study.

The safety and efficacy of Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution delivered by other nebulizers and compressors have not been established.

Ipratropium Bromide and Albuterol Sulfate Inhalation Solution should be administered via jet nebulizer connected to an air compressor with an adequate air flow, equipped with a mouthpiece or suitable face mask.

Diabetic Tussin DM (dextromethorphan hydrobromide 10 MG / guaifenesin 100 MG) per 5 ML Oral Solution

Generic Name: DEXTROMETHORPHAN HBR, GUAIFENESIN
Brand Name: Tussin DM Sugar Free Non Drowsy
  • Substance Name(s):
  • DEXTROMETHORPHAN HYDROBROMIDE
  • GUAIFENESIN

WARNINGS

Warnings Do not use if you are now taking a prescription monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI) (certain drugs for depression, psychiatric or emotional conditions, or Parkinson’s disease), or for 2 weeks after stopping the MAOI drug.

If you do not know if your prescription drug contains an MAOI, ask a doctor or pharmacist before taking this product.

Ask a doctor before use if you have cough that occurs with too much phlegm (mucus) cough that lasts or is chronic such as occurs with smoking, asthma, chronic bronchitis or emphysema When using this product, do not use more than directed.

Stop use and ask a doctor if cough lasts more than 7 days, comes back, or is accompanied by fever, rash, or persistent headache.

These could be signs of a serious condition.

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

Keep out of reach of children.

In case of overdose, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center (1-800-222-1222) right away.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Uses temporarily relieves cough due to minor throat and bronchial irritation as may occur with a cold helps loosen phlegm (mucus) and thin bronchial secretions to make coughs more productive

INACTIVE INGREDIENTS

Inactive ingredients acesulfame potassium, citric acid, glycerin, methyl paraben, natural & artificial flavor, polyethylene glycol, povidone, propylene glycol, purified water, saccharin sodium, sodium benzoate

PURPOSE

Purposes Cough suppressant Expectorant

KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN

Keep out of reach of children.

In case of overdose, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center (1-800-222-1222) right away.

ASK DOCTOR

Ask a doctor before use if you have cough that occurs with too much phlegm (mucus) cough that lasts or is chronic such as occurs with smoking, asthma, chronic bronchitis or emphysema

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

Directions do not take more than 6 doses in any 24-hour period this adult product is not intended for use in children under 12 years of age measure only with dosing cup provided keep dosing cup with product tsp = teaspoon, mL = milliliter age dose adults and children 12 years and over 2 tsp (10 mL) every 4 hours children under 12 years do not use

PREGNANCY AND BREAST FEEDING

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

DO NOT USE

Do not use if you are now taking a prescription monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI) (certain drugs for depression, psychiatric or emotional conditions, or Parkinson’s disease), or for 2 weeks after stopping the MAOI drug.

If you do not know if your prescription drug contains an MAOI, ask a doctor or pharmacist before taking this product.

STOP USE

Stop use and ask a doctor if cough lasts more than 7 days, comes back, or is accompanied by fever, rash, or persistent headache.

These could be signs of a serious condition.

ACTIVE INGREDIENTS

Active ingredients (in each 5 mL, 1 teaspoon) Dextromethorphan HBr 10 mg Guaifenesin 100 mg

methylphenidate HCl 54 MG 24HR Extended Release Oral Tablet

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Do not use Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets in patients currently using or within 2 weeks of using an MAO inhibitor ( 7.1 ) Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets may increase blood pressure; use cautiously with vasopressors ( 7.2 ) Inhibition of metabolism of coumarin anticoagulants, anticonvulsants, and some antidepressants ( 7.3 ) 7.1 MAO Inhibitors Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should not be used in patients being treated (currently or within the preceding 2 weeks) with MAO inhibitors [see Contraindications (4.5) ].

7.2 Vasopressor Agents Because of possible increases in blood pressure, Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be used cautiously with vasopressor agents [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ] .

7.3 Coumarin Anticoagulants, Antidepressants, and Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors Human pharmacologic studies have shown that methylphenidate may inhibit the metabolism of coumarin anticoagulants, anticonvulsants (eg, phenobarbital, phenytoin, primidone), and some antidepressants (tricyclics and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors).

Downward dose adjustment of these drugs may be required when given concomitantly with methylphenidate.

It may be necessary to adjust the dosage and monitor plasma drug concentrations (or, in the case of coumarin, coagulation times), when initiating or discontinuing concomitant methylphenidate.

OVERDOSAGE

10 10.1 Signs and Symptoms Signs and symptoms of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets overdosage, resulting principally from overstimulation of the CNS and from excessive sympathomimetic effects, may include the following: vomiting, agitation, muscle twitching, convulsion, grand mal convulsion, confusional state, hallucinations (auditory and/or visual), hyperhidrosis, headache, pyrexia, tachycardia, palpitations, heart rate increased, sinus arrhythmia, hypertension, rhabdomyolysis, mydriasis, and dry mouth.

10.2 Recommended Treatment Treatment consists of appropriate supportive measures.

The patient must be protected against self-injury and against external stimuli that would aggravate overstimulation already present.

Gastric contents may be evacuated by gastric lavage as indicated.

Before performing gastric lavage, control agitation and seizures if present and protect the airway.

Other measures to detoxify the gut include administration of activated charcoal and a cathartic.

Intensive care must be provided to maintain adequate circulation and respiratory exchange; external cooling procedures may be required for pyrexia.

Efficacy of peritoneal dialysis or extracorporeal hemodialysis for Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets overdosage has not been established.

The prolonged release of methylphenidate from Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be considered when treating patients with overdose.

10.3 Poison Control Center As with the management of all overdosage, the possibility of multiple-drug ingestion should be considered.

The physician may wish to consider contacting a poison control center for up-to-date information on the management of overdosage with methylphenidate.

DESCRIPTION

11 Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is a central nervous system (CNS) stimulant.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is available in four tablet strengths.

Each extended-release tablet for once-a-day oral administration contains 18, 27, 36, or 54 mg of methylphenidate HCl USP and is designed to have a 12-hour duration of effect.

Chemically, methylphenidate HCl is d,l (racemic) methyl α-phenyl-2-piperidineacetate hydrochloride.

Its empirical formula is C 14 H 19 NO 2 •HCl.

Its structural formula is: Methylphenidate HCl USP is a white, odorless crystalline powder.

Its solutions are acid to litmus.

It is freely soluble in water and in methanol, soluble in alcohol, and slightly soluble in chloroform and in acetone.

Its molecular weight is 269.77.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets also contains the following inert ingredients: black iron oxide, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, colloidal silicon dioxide, corn starch, ethocel, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hypromellose, hypromellose acetate succinate, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide and triethyl citrate.

The 18, 36, 54 mg tablets also contain synthetic red iron oxide.

The 27 mg tablets also contain yellow iron oxide.

USP dissolution test is pending.

Chemical Structure 11.1 System Components and Performance Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets uses extended-release bead technology to deliver methylphenidate HCl at a controlled rate.

The system, which resembles a conventional tablet in appearance, is comprised of a tablet core containing the extended-release beads and the core is covered with an immediate-release drug overcoat.

In an aqueous environment, such as the gastrointestinal tract, the drug overcoat dissolves within one hour, providing an initial dose of methylphenidate.

The tablet disintegrates and then polymer coatings on the beads control the release of methylphenidate HCl over the 12 hour dosing period.

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets was demonstrated to be effective in the treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in 4 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies in children and adolescents and 2 double-blind placebo-controlled studies in adults who met the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual 4 th edition (DSM-IV) criteria for ADHD.

14.1 Children Three double-blind, active- and placebo-controlled studies were conducted in 416 children aged 6 to 12 years.

The controlled studies compared Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets given once daily (18, 36, or 54 mg), methylphenidate given three times daily over 12 hours (15, 30, or 45 mg total daily dose), and placebo in two single-center, 3-week crossover studies (Studies 1 and 2) and in a multicenter, 4-week, parallel-group comparison (Study 3).

The primary comparison of interest in all three trials was Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets versus placebo.

Symptoms of ADHD were evaluated by community schoolteachers using the Inattention / Overactivity with Aggression (IOWA) Conners scale.

Statistically significant reduction in the Inattention / Overactivity subscale versus placebo was shown consistently across all three controlled studies for Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets.

The scores for Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets and placebo for the three studies are presented in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Mean Community School Teacher IOWA Conners Inattention/Overactivity Scores with Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets once-daily (18, 36, or 54 mg) and placebo.

Studies 1 and 2 involved a 3-way crossover of 1 week per treatment arm.

Study 3 involved 4 weeks of parallel-group treatments with a Last Observation Carried Forward analysis at week 4.

Error bars represent the mean plus standard error of the mean.

In Studies 1 and 2, symptoms of ADHD were evaluated by laboratory schoolteachers using the SKAMP Swanson, Kotkin, Agler, M-Fynn, and Pelham laboratory school rating scale.

The combined results from these two studies demonstrated statistically significant improvements in attention and behavior in patients treated with Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets versus placebo that were maintained through 12 hours after dosing.

Figure 3 presents the laboratory schoolteacher SKAMP ratings for Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets and placebo.

Figure 3: Laboratory School Teacher SKAMP Ratings: Mean (SEM) of Combined Attention (Studies 1 and 2) Figure 2 Figure 3 14.2 Adolescents In a randomized, double-blind, multi-center, placebo-controlled trial (Study 4) involving 177 patients, Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets was demonstrated to be effective in the treatment of ADHD in adolescents aged 13 to 18 years at doses up to 72 mg/day (1.4 mg/kg/day).

Of 220 patients who entered an open 4-week titration phase, 177 were titrated to an individualized dose (maximum of 72 mg/day) based on meeting specific improvement criteria on the ADHD Rating Scale and the Global Assessment of Effectiveness with acceptable tolerability.

Patients who met these criteria were then randomized to receive either their individualized dose of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets (18 – 72 mg/day, n=87) or placebo (n=90) during a two-week double-blind phase.

At the end of this phase, mean scores for the investigator rating on the ADHD Rating Scale demonstrated that Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets was statistically significantly superior to placebo.

14.3 Adults Two double-blind, placebo-controlled studies were conducted in 627 adults aged 18 to 65 years.

The controlled studies compared Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets administered once daily and placebo in a multicenter, parallel-group, 7-week dose-titration study (Study 5) (36 to 108 mg/day) and in a multicenter, parallel-group, 5-week, fixed-dose study (Study 6) (18, 36, and 72 mg/day).

Study 5 demonstrated the effectiveness of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets in the treatment of ADHD in adults aged 18 to 65 years at doses from 36 mg/day to 108 mg/day based on the change from baseline to final study visit on the Adult ADHD Investigator Rating Scale (AISRS).

Of 226 patients who entered the 7-week trial, 110 were randomized to Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets and 116 were randomized to placebo.

Treatment was initiated at 36 mg/day and patients continued with incremental increases of 18 mg/day (36 to 108 mg/day) based on meeting specific improvement criteria with acceptable tolerability.

At the final study visit, mean change scores (LS Mean, SEM) for the investigator rating on the AISRS demonstrated that Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets was statistically significantly superior to placebo.

Study 6 was a multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, dose-response study (5-week duration) with 3 fixed dose groups (18, 36, and 72 mg).

Patients were randomized to receive Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets administered at doses of 18 mg (n=101), 36 mg (n=102), 72 mg/day (n=102), or placebo (n=96).

All three doses of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets were statistically significantly more effective than placebo in improving CAARS (Conners’ Adult ADHD Rating Scale) total scores at double-blind end point in adult subjects with ADHD.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is available in 18 mg and 27 mg dosage strengths.

The 18 mg tablets are pink and imprinted with “18” and the 27 mg tablets are yellow and imprinted with “27”.

Both dosage strengths are supplied in bottles containing 100 tablets.

18 mg 100 count bottle NDC 42291-601-01 27 mg 100 count bottle NDC 42291-602-01 36 mg 100 count bottle NDC 42291-602-01 54 mg 100 count bottle NDC 42291-603-01 Storage and Handling Store at 25°C (77°F); excursions permitted to 15-30°C (59-86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Protect from humidity.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets has not been studied in patients greater than 65 years of age.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is available in the following dosage strengths: 18 mg tablets are pink and imprinted with “18”, 27 mg tablets are yellow and imprinted with “27”, 36 mg tablets are pink and imprinted with “36”, and 54 mg tablets are pink and imprinted with “54”.

Tablets: 18, 27, 36, and 54 mg ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Methylphenidate HCl is a central nervous system (CNS) stimulant.

The mode of therapeutic action in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is not known.

Methylphenidate is thought to block the reuptake of norepinephrine and dopamine into the presynaptic neuron and increase the release of these monoamines into the extraneuronal space.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is indicated for the treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in children 6 years of age and older, adolescents, and adults up to the age of 65 [see Clinical Studies (14) ] .

A diagnosis of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD; DSM-IV) implies the presence of hyperactive-impulsive or inattentive symptoms that caused impairment and were present before age 7 years.

The symptoms must cause clinically significant impairment, e.g., in social, academic, or occupational functioning, and be present in two or more settings, e.g., school (or work) and at home.

The symptoms must not be better accounted for by another mental disorder.

For the Inattentive Type, at least six of the following symptoms must have persisted for at least 6 months: lack of attention to details/careless mistakes; lack of sustained attention; poor listener; failure to follow through on tasks; poor organization; avoids tasks requiring sustained mental effort; loses things; easily distracted; forgetful.

For the Hyperactive-Impulsive Type, at least six of the following symptoms must have persisted for at least 6 months: fidgeting/squirming; leaving seat; inappropriate running/climbing; difficulty with quiet activities; “on the go;” excessive talking; blurting answers; can’t wait turn; intrusive.

The Combined Type requires both inattentive and hyperactive-impulsive criteria to be met.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is a CNS stimulant indicated for the treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in children 6 years of age and older, adolescents, and adults up to the age of 65.

( 1 ) 1.1 Special Diagnostic Considerations Specific etiology of this syndrome is unknown, and there is no single diagnostic test.

Adequate diagnosis requires the use of medical and special psychological, educational, and social resources.

Learning may or may not be impaired.

The diagnosis must be based upon a complete history and evaluation of the patient and not solely on the presence of the required number of DSM-IV characteristics.

1.2 Need for Comprehensive Treatment Program Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is indicated as an integral part of a total treatment program for ADHD that may include other measures (psychological, educational, social).

Drug treatment may not be indicated for all patients with ADHD.

Stimulants are not intended for use in patients who exhibit symptoms secondary to environmental factors and/or other primary psychiatric disorders, including psychosis.

Appropriate educational placement is essential and psychosocial intervention is often helpful.

When remedial measures alone are insufficient, the decision to prescribe stimulant medication will depend upon the physician’s assessment of the chronicity and severity of the patient’s symptoms.

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should not be used in children under six years, since safety and efficacy in this age group have not been established.

Long-term effects of methylphenidate in children have not been well established.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Category C Methylphenidate has been shown to have teratogenic effects in rabbits when given in doses of 200 mg/kg/day, which is approximately 100 times and 40 times the maximum recommended human dose on a mg/kg and mg/m 2 basis, respectively.

A reproduction study in rats revealed no evidence of harm to the fetus at oral doses up to 30 mg/kg/day, approximately 15-fold and 3-fold the maximum recommended human dose of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets on a mg/kg and mg/m 2 basis, respectively.

The approximate plasma exposure to methylphenidate plus its main metabolite PPAA in pregnant rats was 1-2 times that seen in trials in volunteers and patients with the maximum recommended dose of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets based on the AUC.

The safety of methylphenidate for use during human pregnancy has not been established.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers It is not known whether methylphenidate is excreted in human milk.

Because many drugs are excreted in human milk, caution should be exercised if Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets is administered to a nursing woman.

In lactating female rats treated with a single oral dose of 5 mg/kg radiolabeled methylphenidate, radioactivity (representing methylphenidate and/or its metabolites) was observed in milk and levels were generally similar to those in plasma.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: DRUG DEPENDENCE Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be given cautiously to patients with a history of drug dependence or alcoholism.

Chronic abusive use can lead to marked tolerance and psychological dependence with varying degrees of abnormal behavior.

Frank psychotic episodes can occur, especially with parenteral abuse.

Careful supervision is required during withdrawal from abusive use since severe depression may occur.

Withdrawal following chronic therapeutic use may unmask symptoms of the underlying disorder that may require follow-up.

WARNING: DRUG DEPENDENCE See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be given cautiously to patients with a history of drug dependence or alcoholism.

Chronic abusive use can lead to marked tolerance and psychological dependence, with varying degrees of abnormal behavior.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Serious Cardiovascular Events: Sudden death has been reported in association with CNS stimulant treatment at usual doses in children and adolescents with structural cardiac abnormalities or other serious heart problems.

Sudden death, stroke, and myocardial infarction have been reported in adults taking stimulant drugs at usual doses for ADHD.

Stimulant products generally should not be used in patients with known structural cardiac abnormalities, cardiomyopathy, serious heart rhythm abnormalities, coronary artery disease, or other serious heart problems.

( 5.1 ) Increase in Blood Pressure: Monitor patients for changes in heart rate and blood pressure and use with caution in patients for whom an increase in blood pressure or heart rate would be problematic.

( 5.1 ) Psychiatric Adverse Events: Use of stimulants may cause treatment-emergent psychotic or manic symptoms in patients with no prior history, or exacerbation of symptoms in patients with preexisting psychiatric illness.

Clinical evaluation for Bipolar Disorder is recommended prior to stimulant use.

Monitor for aggressive behavior.

( 5.2 ) Seizures: Stimulants may lower the convulsive threshold.

Discontinue in the presence of seizures.

( 5.3 ) Priapism: Cases of painful and prolonged penile erections and priapism have been reported with methylphenidate products.

Immediate medical attention should be sought if signs or symptoms of painful or prolonged penile erections or priapism are observed.

(5.4) Peripheral Vasculopathy, including Raynaud’s Phenomenon: Stimulants used to treat ADHD are associated with peripheral vasculopathy, including Raynaud’s phenomenon.

Careful observation for digital changes is necessary during treatment with ADHD stimulants.

(5.5) Visual Disturbance: Difficulties with accommodation and blurring of vision have been reported with stimulant treatment.

(5.7) Long-Term Suppression of Growth: Monitor height and weight at appropriate intervals in pediatric patients.

(5.6) Gastrointestinal obstruction with preexisting GI narrowing.

(5.8) Hematologic monitoring: Periodic CBC, differential, and platelet counts are advised during prolonged therapy.

(5.9) 5.1 Serious Cardiovascular Events Sudden Death and Preexisting Structural Cardiac Abnormalities or Other Serious Heart Problems Children and Adolescents Sudden death has been reported in association with CNS stimulant treatment at usual doses in children and adolescents with structural cardiac abnormalities or other serious heart problems.

Although some serious heart problems alone carry an increased risk of sudden death, stimulant products generally should not be used in children or adolescents with known serious structural cardiac abnormalities, cardiomyopathy, serious heart rhythm abnormalities, or other serious cardiac problems that may place them at increased vulnerability to the sympathomimetic effects of a stimulant drug.

Adults Sudden deaths, stroke, and myocardial infarction have been reported in adults taking stimulant drugs at usual doses for ADHD.

Although the role of stimulants in these adult cases is also unknown, adults have a greater likelihood than children of having serious structural cardiac abnormalities, cardiomyopathy, serious heart rhythm abnormalities, coronary artery disease, or other serious cardiac problems.

Adults with such abnormalities should also generally not be treated with stimulant drugs.

Hypertension and other Cardiovascular Conditions Stimulant medications cause a modest increase in average blood pressure (about 2 to 4 mm Hg) and average heart rate (about 3 to 6 bpm) [see Adverse Reactions (6.5) ] , and individuals may have larger increases.

While the mean changes alone would not be expected to have short-term consequences, all patients should be monitored for larger changes in heart rate and blood pressure.

Caution is indicated in treating patients whose underlying medical conditions might be compromised by increases in blood pressure or heart rate, e.g., those with pre-existing hypertension, heart failure, recent myocardial infarction, or ventricular arrhythmia.

Assessing Cardiovascular Status in Patients being Treated with Stimulant Medications Children, adolescents, or adults who are being considered for treatment with stimulant medications, should have a careful history (including assessment for a family history of sudden death or ventricular arrhythmia) and physical exam to assess for the presence of cardiac disease, and should receive further cardiac evaluation if findings suggest such disease (e.g., electrocardiogram and echocardiogram).

Patients who develop symptoms such as exertional chest pain, unexplained syncope, or other symptoms suggestive of cardiac disease during stimulant treatment should undergo a prompt cardiac evaluation.

5.2 Psychiatric Adverse Events Preexisting Psychosis Administration of stimulants may exacerbate symptoms of behavior disturbance and thought disorder in patients with a preexisting psychotic disorder.

Bipolar Illness Particular care should be taken in using stimulants to treat ADHD in patients with comorbid bipolar disorder because of concern for possible induction of a mixed/manic episode in such patients.

Prior to initiating treatment with a stimulant, patients with comorbid depressive symptoms should be adequately screened to determine if they are at risk for bipolar disorder; such screening should include a detailed psychiatric history, including a family history of suicide, bipolar disorder, and depression.

Emergence of New Psychotic or Manic Symptoms Treatment-emergent psychotic or manic symptoms, e.g., hallucinations, delusional thinking, or mania in patients without a prior history of psychotic illness or mania can be caused by stimulants at usual doses.

If such symptoms occur, consideration should be given to a possible causal role of the stimulant, and discontinuation of treatment may be appropriate.

In a pooled analysis of multiple short-term, placebo-controlled studies, such symptoms occurred in about 0.1% (4 patients with events out of 3482 exposed to methylphenidate or amphetamine for several weeks at usual doses) of stimulant-treated patients compared to 0 in placebo-treated patients.

Aggression Aggressive behavior or hostility is often observed in patients with ADHD, and has been reported in clinical trials and the postmarketing experience of some medications indicated for the treatment of ADHD.

Although there is no systematic evidence that stimulants cause aggressive behavior or hostility, patients beginning treatment for ADHD should be monitored for the appearance of or worsening of aggressive behavior or hostility.

5.3 Seizures There is some clinical evidence that stimulants may lower the convulsive threshold in patients with prior history of seizures, in patients with prior EEG abnormalities in absence of seizures, and, very rarely, in patients without a history of seizures and no prior EEG evidence of seizures.

In the presence of seizures, the drug should be discontinued.

5.4 Priapism Prolonged and painful erections, sometimes requiring surgical intervention, have been reported with methylphenidate products, including Methylphenidate HCI Extended-Release Tablets in both pediatric and adult patients [see Adverse Reactions (6.6)].

Priapism was not reported with drug initiation but developed after some time on the drug, often subsequent to an increase in dose.

Priapism has also appeared during a period of drug withdrawal (drug holidays or during discontinuation).

Patients who develop abnormally sustained or frequent and painful erections should seek immediate medical attention.

5.5 Peripheral Vasculopathy, including Raynaud’s Phenomenon Stimulants, including Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets, used to treat ADHD are associated with peripheral vasculopathy, including Raynaud’s phenomenon.

Signs and symptoms are usually intermittent and mild; however, very rare sequelae include digital ulceration and/or soft tissue breakdown.

Effects of peripheral vasculopathy, including Raynaud’s phenomenon, were observed in post-marketing reports at different times and at therapeutic doses in all age groups throughout the course of treatment.

Signs and symptoms generally improve after reduction in dose or discontinuation of drug.

Careful observation for digital changes is necessary during treatment with ADHD stimulants.

Further clinical evaluation (e.g., rheumatology referral) may be appropriate for certain patients.

5.6 Long-Term Suppression of Growth Careful follow-up of weight and height in children ages 7 to 10 years who were randomized to either methylphenidate or non-medication treatment groups over 14 months, as well as in naturalistic subgroups of newly methylphenidate-treated and non-medication treated children over 36 months (to the ages of 10 to 13 years), suggests that consistently medicated children (i.e., treatment for 7 days per week throughout the year) have a temporary slowing in growth rate (on average, a total of about 2 cm less growth in height and 2.7 kg less growth in weight over 3 years), without evidence of growth rebound during this period of development.

Published data are inadequate to determine whether chronic use of amphetamines may cause similar suppression of growth; however, it is anticipated that they likely have this effect as well.

Therefore, growth should be monitored during treatment with stimulants, and patients who are not growing or gaining height or weight as expected may need to have their treatment interrupted.

5.7 Visual Disturbance Difficulties with accommodation and blurring of vision have been reported with stimulant treatment.

5.8 Potential for Gastrointestinal Obstruction Because the Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablet is nondeformable and does not appreciably change in shape in the GI tract, Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should not ordinarily be administered to patients with preexisting severe gastrointestinal narrowing (pathologic or iatrogenic, for example: esophageal motility disorders, small bowel inflammatory disease, 'short gut' syndrome due to adhesions or decreased transit time, past history of peritonitis, cystic fibrosis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, or Meckel's diverticulum).

There have been rare reports of obstructive symptoms in patients with known strictures in association with the ingestion of drugs in nondeformable controlled-release formulations.

Due to the controlled-release design of the tablet, Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should only be used in patients who are able to swallow the tablet whole [see Patient Counseling Information (17) ] .

5.9 Hematologic Monitoring Periodic CBC, differential, and platelet counts are advised during prolonged therapy.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION See Medication Guide Priapism Advise patients, caregivers, and family members of the possibility of painful or prolonged penile erections (priapism).

Instruct the patient to seek immediate medical attention in the event of priapism [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)] .

Circulation Problems in Fingers and Toes [Peripheral Vasculopathy, including Raynaud’s Phenomenon] Instruct patients beginning treatment with Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tabletsabout the risk of peripheral vasculopathy, including Raynaud’s Phenomenon, and associated signs and symptoms: fingers or toes may feel numb, cool, painful, and/or may change color from pale, to blue, to red.

Instruct patients to report to their physician any new numbness, pain, skin color change, or sensitivity to temperature in fingers or toes.

Instruct patients to call their physician immediately with any signs of unexplained wounds appearing on fingers or toes while taking Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets .

Further clinical evaluation (e.g., rheumatology referral) may be appropriate for certain patients.

General Considerations Prescribers or other health professionals should inform patients, their families, and their caregivers about the benefits and risks associated with treatment with methylphenidate and should counsel them in its appropriate use.

A patient Medication Guide is available for Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets.

The prescriber or health professional should instruct patients, their families, and their caregivers to read the Medication Guide and should assist them in understanding its contents.

Patients should be given the opportunity to discuss the contents of the Medication Guide and to obtain answers to any questions they may have.

The complete text of the Medication Guide is reprinted at the end of this document.

Administration Instructions Patients should be informed that Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be swallowed whole with the aid of liquids.

Tablets should not be chewed, divided, or crushed.

Driving or Operating Heavy Machinery Stimulants may impair the ability of the patient to operate potentially hazardous machinery or vehicles.

Patients should be cautioned accordingly until they are reasonably certain that Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets does not adversely affect their ability to engage in such activities.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be taken once daily in the morning and swallowed whole with the aid of liquids.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should not be chewed or crushed.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets may be taken with or without food.

( 2.1 ) For children and adolescents new to methylphenidate, the recommended starting dosage is 18 mg once daily.

Dosage may be increased by 18 mg/day at weekly intervals and should not exceed 54 mg/day in children and 72 mg/day in adolescents.

( 2.2 ) For adult patients new to methylphenidate, the recommended starting dose is 18 or 36 mg/day.

Dosage may be increased by 18 mg/day at weekly intervals and should not exceed 72 mg/day for adults.

( 2.2 ) For patients currently using methylphenidate, dosing is based on current dose regimen and clinical judgment.

( 2.3 ) 2.1 General Dosing Information Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets should be administered orally once daily in the morning with or without food.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets must be swallowed whole with the aid of liquids, and must not be chewed, divided, or crushed [see Patient Counseling Information (17) ] .

2.2 Patients New to Methylphenidate The recommended starting dose of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets for patients who are not currently taking methylphenidate or stimulants other than methylphenidate is 18 mg once daily for children and adolescents and 18 or 36 mg once daily for adults (see Table 1).

TABLE 1.

Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets Recommended Starting Doses and Dose Ranges Patient Age Recommended Starting Dose Dose Range Children 6-12 years of age 18 mg/day 18 mg – 54 mg/day Adolescents 13-17 years of age 18 mg/day 18 mg – 72 mg/day not to exceed 2 mg/kg/day Adults 18-65 years of age 18 or 36 mg/day 18 mg – 72 mg/day 2.3 Patients Currently Using Methylphenidate The recommended dose of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets for patients who are currently taking methylphenidate twice daily or three times daily, at doses of 10 to 60 mg/day is provided in Table 2.

Dosing recommendations are based on current dose regimen and clinical judgment.

Conversion dosage should not exceed 72 mg daily.

TABLE 2.

Recommended Dose Conversion from Methylphenidate Regimens to Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets Previous Methylphenidate Daily Dose Recommended Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets Starting Dose 5 mg Methylphenidate twice daily or three times daily 18 mg every morning 10 mg Methylphenidate twice daily or three times daily 36 mg every morning 15 mg Methylphenidate twice daily or three times daily 54 mg every morning 20 mg Methylphenidate twice daily or three times daily 72 mg every morning Other methylphenidate regimens: Clinical judgment should be used when selecting the starting dose.

2.4 Dose Titration Doses may be increased in 18 mg increments at weekly intervals for patients who have not achieved an optimal response at a lower dose.

Daily dosages above 54 mg in children and 72 mg in adolescents have not been studied and are not recommended.

Daily dosages above 72 mg in adults are not recommended.

A 27 mg dosage strength is available for physicians who wish to prescribe between the 18 mg and 36 mg dosages.

2.5 Maintenance/Extended Treatment There is no body of evidence available from controlled trials to indicate how long the patient with ADHD should be treated with Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets.

It is generally agreed, however, that pharmacological treatment of ADHD may be needed for extended periods.

The effectiveness of Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets for long-term use, i.e., for more than 7 weeks, has not been systematically evaluated in controlled trials.

The physician who elects to use Methylphenidate HCl Extended-Release Tablets for extended periods in patients with ADHD should periodically re-evaluate the long-term usefulness of the drug for the individual patient with trials off medication to assess the patient’s functioning without pharmacotherapy.

Improvement may be sustained when the drug is either temporarily or permanently discontinued.

2.6 Dose Reduction and Discontinuation If paradoxical aggravation of symptoms or other adverse events occur, the dosage should be reduced, or, if necessary, the drug should be discontinued.

If improvement is not observed after appropriate dosage adjustment over a one-month period, the drug should be discontinued.

Northera 200 MG Oral Capsule

Generic Name: DROXIDOPA
Brand Name: Northera
  • Substance Name(s):
  • DROXIDOPA

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Use of DOPA decarboxylase inhibitors may require dose adjustments for NORTHERA ( 7.2 ) 7.1 Drugs that Increase Blood Pressure Administering NORTHERA in combination with other agents that increase blood pressure (e.g., norepinephrine, ephedrine, midodrine, and triptans) would be expected to increase the risk for supine hypertension.

7.2 Parkinson’s Medications Dopa-decarboxylase inhibitors may require dose adjustments for NORTHERA.

7.3 Non-selective MAO Inhibitors The concomitant use of selective MAO-B inhibitors, such as rasagiline or selegiline, was permitted in the NORTHERA clinical trials.

However, based on mechanism of action, the use of non-selective MAO inhibitors and linezolid should be avoided as there is a potential for increased blood pressure when taken with NORTHERA.

OVERDOSAGE

10 10.1 Symptoms There have been cases of overdose reported during postmarketing surveillance.

A patient ingested 7,700 mg of droxidopa and experienced a hypertensive crisis that resolved promptly with treatment.

Another patient treated with a total daily dose of 2,700 mg of NORTHERA experienced hypertension and an intracranial hemorrhage.

10.2 Treatment There is no known antidote for NORTHERA overdosage.

In case of an overdose that may result in an excessively high blood pressure, discontinue NORTHERA and treat with appropriate symptomatic and supportive therapy.

Counsel patients to remain in a standing or seated position until their blood pressure drops below an acceptable limit.

DESCRIPTION

11 NORTHERA capsules contain droxidopa, which is a synthetic amino acid precursor of norepinephrine, for oral administration.

Chemically, droxidopa is (–)-threo-3-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)-L-serine.

It has the following structural formula: Droxidopa is an odorless, tasteless, white to off-white crystals or crystalline powder.

It is slightly soluble in water, and practically insoluble in methanol, glacial acetic acid, ethanol, acetone, ether, and chloroform.

It is soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid.

It has a molecular weight of 213.19 and a molecular formula of C 9 H 11 NO 5 .

NORTHERA capsules also contain the following inactive ingredients: mannitol, corn starch, and magnesium stearate.

The capsule shell is printed with black ink.

The black inks contain shellac glaze, ethanol, iron oxide black, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, propylene glycol, and ammonium hydroxide.

The capsule shell contains the following inactive ingredients: 100 mg –­ gelatin, titanium dioxide, FD&C Blue No.

2, black and red iron oxide; 200 mg – gelatin, titanium dioxide, FD&C Blue No.

2, black and yellow iron oxide; 300 mg – gelatin, titanium dioxide, FD&C Blue No.

1, FD&C Yellow No.

5 (tartrazine), and FD&C Red No.

40.

NORTHERA capsules differ in size and color by strength [see Dosage Forms and Strengths ( 3 )] .

northera-01

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Studies in Neurogenic Orthostatic Hypotension Clinical studies (described below) examined the efficacy of NORTHERA in the short-term (1 to 2 weeks) and over longer-term periods (8 weeks; 3 months).

Studies 301 and 306B showed a treatment effect of NORTHERA at Week 1, but none of the studies demonstrated continued efficacy beyond 2 weeks of treatment.

Study 306B was a multi-center, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study in patients with symptomatic nOH and Parkinson’s disease.

Patients entering the study were required to have a decrease of at least 20 mm Hg or 10 mm Hg, respectively, in systolic or diastolic blood pressure, within 3 minutes after standing, as well as symptoms associated with neurogenic orthostatic hypotension.

The study had an initial dose titration period that lasted up to 2 weeks in which patients received placebo or 100 to 600 mg of NORTHERA three times daily, followed by an 8-week treatment period.

Efficacy was measured using the OHSA Item #1 score (“dizziness, lightheadedness, feeling faint, and feeling like you might black out”) at Week 1, in patients who had completed titration and 1 week of maintenance therapy.

A total of 171 patients were enrolled, and 147 patients were included in the efficacy analysis.

The mean age was 72 years, and patients were mostly Caucasian.

During the study, 94% of placebo-treated patients and 88% on NORTHERA were taking dopa-decarboxylase inhibitors; 17% of placebo-treated patients and 26% on NORTHERA were taking fludrocortisone.

There were more premature discontinuations in the NORTHERA group (28%) than in the placebo group (20%).

In both groups, the mean baseline dizziness score was 5.1 on an 11-point scale.

At Week 1, patients showed a statistically significant mean 0.9 unit decrease in dizziness with NORTHERA versus placebo ( P =0.028), but the effect did not persist beyond Week 1.

The data at all time points are shown in Figure 1.

Patients receiving NORTHERA also had a greater increase, compared to placebo, in the Week 1 lowest standing systolic blood pressure within 3 minutes after standing (5.6 mm Hg; P =0.032).

Figure 1.

Mean Change in OHSA Item 1 Score by Week in Study 306B Note: The graph is based on observed data only.

The error bars are the 95% confidence interval of the mean change from baseline in OHSA Item 1 scores.

Figure 2.

Distribution of Patients by Change in OHSA Item 1, Baseline to Week 1, in Study 306B Figure 2 shows the distribution of changes from Baseline to Week 1 in the OHSA Item #1 score.

Overall the figure shows that patients treated with NORTHERA improved more than those treated with placebo.

Study 301 was a multicenter, multinational, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study in patients with symptomatic neurogenic orthostatic hypotension.

The study included an initial open-label dose titration period, a 7-day washout period, and a randomized double-blind 7-day treatment period.

To be eligible for enrollment, patients were required to have a decrease in systolic or diastolic blood pressure of at least 20 or 10 mm Hg, respectively, within 3 minutes after standing.

The study was enriched, such that only patients who had been identified as “responders” during the titration period were randomized to NORTHERA or placebo.

To be considered a responder, a patient had to demonstrate improvement on the OHSA Item #1 score by at least 1 point, as well as an increase in systolic blood pressure of at least 10 mm Hg post-standing, during the open-label dose titration period.

Patients who dropped out during the titration period because of side effects or other reasons were also not included in the double-blind portion of the study.

Patients had a primary diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease (n=60), pure autonomic failure (n=36), or multiple system atrophy (n=26).

The mean age was 60 years, and most were Caucasian.

45% of patients were taking dopa-decarboxylase inhibitors, and 29% were taking fludrocortisone.

Efficacy was measured using the Orthostatic Hypotension Questionnaire (OHQ), a patient-reported outcome that measures symptoms of nOH and their impact on the patient’s ability to perform daily activities that require standing and walking.

The OHQ includes OHSA Item #1 as one of several components.

A statistically significant treatment effect was not demonstrated on OHQ (treatment effect of 0.4 unit, P =0.19).

The mean baseline dizziness score on OHSA Item #1 (“dizziness, lightheadedness, feeling faint, and feeling like you might black out”) was 5.2 units on an 11-point scale.

At Week 1 of treatment, patients showed a mean 0.7 unit decrease in dizziness with NORTHERA versus placebo ( P =0.06).

Study 302 (n=101) was a placebo-controlled, 2-week randomized withdrawal study of NORTHERA in patients with symptomatic nOH.

Study 303 (n=75) was an extension of Studies 301 and 302, where patients received their titrated dose of NORTHERA for 3 months and then entered a 2-week randomized withdrawal phase.

Neither study showed a statistically significant difference between treatment arms on its primary endpoint.

Considering these data, the effectiveness of NORTHERA beyond 2 weeks is uncertain, and patients should be evaluated periodically to determine whether NORTHERA is continuing to provide a benefit.

Mean Change in OHSA Distribution of Patients by Change in OHSA

HOW SUPPLIED

16.1 How Supplied NORTHERA capsules are supplied in the following dosage strengths: 100 mg: Hard gelatin, size 3 capsule, with an opaque light blue cap and an opaque white body, printed with “Northera” on body and “100” on cap, filled with a white to light brown powder.

200 mg: Hard gelatin, size 2 capsule, with an opaque light yellow cap and an opaque white body, printed with “Northera” on body and “200” on cap, filled with a white to light brown powder.

300 mg: Hard gelatin, size 1 capsule, with an opaque light green cap and an opaque white body, printed with “Northera” on body and “300” on cap, filled with a white to light brown powder.

100 mg 90-count bottle (NDC code# 67386-820-19) 200 mg 90-count bottle (NDC code# 67386-821-19) 300 mg 90-count bottle (NDC code# 67386-822-19)

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use A total of 197 patients with symptomatic nOH aged 75 years or above were included in the NORTHERA clinical program.

No overall differences in safety or effectiveness were observed between these patients and younger patients, and other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 NORTHERA capsules are available in 100 mg, 200 mg, and 300 mg strengths as specified below.

100 mg: Hard gelatin capsules with “Northera” on the white body and “100” on the light blue cap 200 mg: Hard gelatin capsules with “Northera” on the white body and “200” on the light yellow cap 300 mg: Hard gelatin capsules with “Northera” on the white body and “300” on the light green cap 100 mg, 200 mg, and 300 mg capsules ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action The exact mechanism of action of NORTHERA in the treatment of neurogenic orthostatic hypotension is unknown.

NORTHERA is a synthetic amino acid analog that is directly metabolized to norepinephrine by dopa­-decarboxylase, which is extensively distributed throughout the body.

NORTHERA is believed to exert its pharmacological effects through norepinephrine and not through the parent molecule or other metabolites.

Norepinephrine increases blood pressure by inducing peripheral arterial and venous vasoconstriction.

NORTHERA in humans induces small and transient rises in plasma norepinephrine.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 NORTHERA is indicated for the treatment of orthostatic dizziness, lightheadedness, or the “feeling that you are about to black out” in adult patients with symptomatic neurogenic orthostatic hypotension (nOH) caused by primary autonomic failure (Parkinson’s disease [PD], multiple system atrophy, and pure autonomic failure), dopamine beta-hydroxylase deficiency, and non-diabetic autonomic neuropathy.

Effectiveness beyond 2 weeks of treatment has not been established.

The continued effectiveness of NORTHERA should be assessed periodically.

NORTHERA is indicated for the treatment of orthostatic dizziness, lightheadedness, or the “feeling that you are about to black out” in adult patients with symptomatic neurogenic orthostatic hypotension (nOH) caused by primary autonomic failure (Parkinson’s disease [PD], multiple system atrophy, and pure autonomic failure), dopamine beta-hydroxylase deficiency, and non-diabetic autonomic neuropathy.

Effectiveness beyond 2 weeks of treatment has not been established.

The continued effectiveness of NORTHERA should be assessed periodically ( 1 ).

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The safety and effectiveness of NORTHERA in pediatric patients have not been established.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Risk Summary There are no available data on use of NORTHERA in pregnant women and risk of major birth defects or miscarriage.

NORTHERA did not produce significant reproductive toxicity in pregnant female rats or rabbits or in their fetuses.

However, when pregnant female rats were dosed during days 7-17 of gestation (the period of fetal organogenesis) with doses of NORTHERA corresponding to 0.3, 1 and 3 times the maximum recommended daily dose of 1,800 mg in a 60 kg patient, based on body surface area, and when their male and female offspring (who were exposed only during fetal life) were subsequently bred, the female offspring exhibited a dose-dependent reduction in the number of live fetuses across all three doses and an increased number of embryonic/fetal deaths at the two higher doses ( see Data ).

The estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in the indicated population is unknown.

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in clinically recognized pregnancies is 2 to 4% and 15 to 20%, respectively.

Data Animal Data During a multigenerational reproductive toxicity study in rats, pregnant females were dosed during days 7-17 of gestation (the period of fetal organogenesis) with doses of NORTHERA corresponding to 0.3, 1 and 3 times the maximum recommended daily dose of 1,800 mg in a 60 kg patient.

Reduced weight gain, renal lesions, and a small number of deaths were observed in females treated with the two higher doses.

When their male and female offspring (who were exposed to NORTHERA only during fetal life) were subsequently bred, the female offspring exhibited a dose-dependent reduction in the number of live fetuses across all three doses and an increased number of embryonic/fetal deaths at the two higher doses.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: SUPINE HYPERTENSION Monitor supine blood pressure prior to and during treatment and more frequently when increasing doses.

Elevating the head of the bed lessens the risk of supine hypertension, and blood pressure should be measured in this position.

If supine hypertension cannot be managed by elevation of the head of the bed, reduce or discontinue NORTHERA [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )].

WARNING: SUPINE HYPERTENSION See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

Monitor supine blood pressure prior to and during treatment and more frequently when increasing doses.

Elevating the head of the bed lessens the risk of supine hypertension, and blood pressure should be measured in this position.

If supine hypertension cannot be managed by elevation of the head of the bed, reduce or discontinue NORTHERA [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )].

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS NORTHERA may cause supine hypertension and may increase cardiovascular risk if supine hypertension is not well-managed ( 5.1 ).

Hyperpyrexia and confusion ( 5.2 ) May exacerbate symptoms in patients with existing ischemic heart disease, arrhythmias, and congestive heart failure ( 5.3 ) Allergic reactions ( 5.4 ) 5.1 Supine Hypertension NORTHERA therapy may cause or exacerbate supine hypertension in patients with nOH.

Patients should be advised to elevate the head of the bed when resting or sleeping.

Monitor blood pressure, both in the supine position and in the recommended head-elevated sleeping position.

Reduce or discontinue NORTHERA if supine hypertension persists.

If supine hypertension is not well-managed, NORTHERA may increase the risk of cardiovascular events, particularly stroke.

5.2 Hyperpyrexia and Confusion Postmarketing cases of a symptom complex resembling neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) have been reported with NORTHERA use during postmarketing surveillance.

Observe patients carefully when the dosage of NORTHERA is changed or when concomitant levodopa is reduced abruptly or discontinued, especially if the patient is receiving neuroleptics.

NMS is an uncommon but life-threatening syndrome characterized by fever or hyperthermia, muscle rigidity, involuntary movements, altered consciousness, and mental status changes.

The early diagnosis of this condition is important for the appropriate management of these patients.

5.3 Ischemic Heart Disease, Arrhythmias, and Congestive Heart Failure NORTHERA may exacerbate existing ischemic heart disease, arrhythmias, and congestive heart failure.

Careful consideration should be given to this potential risk prior to initiating therapy in patients with these conditions.

5.4 Allergic Reactions Hypersensitivity reactions including anaphylaxis, angioedema, bronchospasm, urticaria and rash have been reported in postmarketing experience.

Some of these reactions resulted in emergency treatment.

If a hypersensitivity reaction occurs, discontinue the drug and initiate appropriate therapy.

This product contains FD&C Yellow No.

5 (tartrazine) which may also cause allergic-type reactions (including bronchial asthma) in certain susceptible persons.

Although the overall incidence of FD&C Yellow No.

5 (tartrazine) sensitivity in the general population is low, it is frequently seen in patients who also have aspirin hypersensitivity [see Contraindications ( 4 )].

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Elevations in Blood Pressure Counsel patients that NORTHERA causes elevations in blood pressure and increases the risk of supine hypertension, which could lead to strokes, heart attacks, and death.

Instruct patients to rest and sleep in an upper-body elevated position and monitor blood pressure.

Instruct patients how to manage observed blood pressure elevations.

To reduce the risk of supine hypertension, in addition to raising the upper body, the late afternoon dose of NORTHERA should be taken at least three hours before bedtime [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )] .

Concomitant Treatments Counsel patients about the concomitant use of drugs to treat other conditions that may have an additive effect with NORTHERA [see Drug Interactions ( 7 )].

Allergic Reactions Counsel patients to discontinue NORTHERA and seek immediate medical attention if any signs or symptoms of a hypersensitivity reaction such as anaphylaxis, angioedema, bronchospasm, urticaria or rash occur [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.4 )].

Lactation Advise women not to breastfeed during treatment with NORTHERA [see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.2 )] .

Food Patients should take NORTHERA the same way each time, either with food or without food [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.1 )] .

Missed Dose If a dose is missed, patients should take the next dose at the regularly scheduled time and should not double the dose.

Manufactured by: Patheon, Whitby, ON L1N 5Z5, Canada For: Lundbeck, Deerfield, IL 60015, U.S.A.

NORTHERA is a registered trademark of Lundbeck NA Ltd.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Starting dose is 100 mg three times during the day ( 2.1 ) Titrate by 100 mg three times daily, up to a maximum dose of 600 mg three times daily ( 2.1 ) Take consistently with or without food ( 2.1 ) To reduce the potential for supine hypertension, elevate the head of the bed and give the last dose at least 3 hours prior to bedtime ( 2.1 ) Take NORTHERA capsule whole ( 2.1 ) 2.1 Dosing Information The recommended starting dose of NORTHERA is 100 mg, taken orally three times daily: upon arising in the morning, at midday, and in the late afternoon at least 3 hours prior to bedtime (to reduce the potential for supine hypertension during sleep).

Administer NORTHERA consistently, either with food or without food.

Take NORTHERA capsule whole.

Titrate to symptomatic response, in increments of 100 mg three times daily every 24 to 48 hours up to a maximum dose of 600 mg three times daily (i.e., a maximum total daily dose of 1,800 mg).

Monitor supine blood pressure prior to initiating NORTHERA and after increasing the dose.

Patients who miss a dose of NORTHERA should take their next scheduled dose.

docetaxel 20 MG/ML Injectable Solution

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Docetaxel is a CYP3A4 substrate.

In vitro studies have shown that the metabolism of docetaxel may be modified by the concomitant administration of compounds that induce, inhibit, or are metabolized by cytochrome P450 3A4.

In vivo studies showed that the exposure of docetaxel increased 2.2 fold when it was coadministered with ketoconazole, a potent inhibitor of CYP3A4.

Protease inhibitors, particularly ritonavir, may increase the exposure of docetaxel.

Concomitant use of docetaxel and drugs that inhibit CYP3A4 may increase exposure to docetaxel and should be avoided.

In patients receiving treatment with docetaxel, close monitoring for toxicity and a docetaxel dose reduction could be considered if systemic administration of a potent CYP3A4 inhibitor cannot be avoided [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ].

Cytochrome P450 3A4 inducers, inhibitors, or substrates: May alter docetaxel metabolism.

( 7 )

OVERDOSAGE

10 There is no known antidote for docetaxel overdosage.

In case of overdosage, the patient should be kept in a specialized unit where vital functions can be closely monitored.

Anticipated complications of overdosage include: bone marrow suppression, peripheral neurotoxicity, and mucositis.

Patients should receive therapeutic G-CSF as soon as possible after discovery of overdose.

Other appropriate symptomatic measures should be taken, as needed.

In two reports of overdose, one patient received 150 mg/m 2 and the other received 200 mg/m 2 as 1 hour infusions.

Both patients experienced severe neutropenia, mild asthenia, cutaneous reactions, and mild paresthesia, and recovered without incident.

In mice, lethality was observed following single intravenous doses that were ≥ 154 mg/kg (about 4.5 times the human dose of 100 mg/m 2 on a mg/m 2 basis); neurotoxicity associated with paralysis, non-extension of hind limbs, and myelin degeneration was observed in mice at 48 mg/kg (about 1.5 times the human dose of 100 mg/m 2 basis).

In male and female rats, lethality was observed at a dose of 20 mg/kg (comparable to the human dose of 100 mg/m 2 on a mg/m 2 basis) and was associated with abnormal mitosis and necrosis of multiple organs.

DESCRIPTION

11 Docetaxel, USP is an antineoplastic agent belonging to the taxoid family.

It is prepared by semisynthesis beginning with a precursor extracted from the renewable needle biomass of yew plants.

The chemical name for docetaxel is (2R,3S)-N-carboxy-3-phenylisoserine,N- tert -butyl ester, 13-ester with 5β-20-epoxy-1,2α,4,7β,10β,13α-hexahydroxytax-11-en-9-one 4-acetate 2-benzoate.

Docetaxel, USP has the following structural formula: C 43 H 53 NO 14 M.W.

807.88 Docetaxel, USP is a white to off-white powder.

It is highly lipophilic and practically insoluble in water.

One-Vial Docetaxel Injection USP Docetaxel injection USP is a sterile, non-pyrogenic, pale yellow to brownish-yellow solution at 20 mg/mL concentration.

Each mL contains 20 mg docetaxel, USP (anhydrous) in 0.529 grams polysorbate 80 and 0.395 grams dehydrated alcohol solution.

The pH of the formulation is 3 to 4.5.

Docetaxel injection USP is available in single use vials containing 20 mg (1 mL) or 80 mg (4 mL) docetaxel, USP (anhydrous).

Docetaxel injection USP requires NO prior dilution with a diluent and is ready to add to the infusion solution.

structural formula

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Locally Advanced or Metastatic Breast Cancer The efficacy and safety of docetaxel have been evaluated in locally advanced or metastatic breast cancer after failure of previous chemotherapy (alkylating agent-containing regimens or anthracycline-containing regimens).

Randomized Trials In one randomized trial, patients with a history of prior treatment with an anthracycline-containing regimen were assigned to treatment with docetaxel (100 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks) or the combination of mitomycin (12 mg/m 2 every 6 weeks) and vinblastine (6 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks).

Two hundred three patients were randomized to docetaxel and 189 to the comparator arm.

Most patients had received prior chemotherapy for metastatic disease; only 27 patients on the docetaxel arm and 33 patients on the comparator arm entered the study following relapse after adjuvant therapy.

Three-quarters of patients had measurable, visceral metastases.

The primary endpoint was time to progression.

The following table summarizes the study results (see Table 12 ).

Table 12 – Efficacy of Docetaxel in the Treatment of Breast Cancer Patients Previously Treated with an Anthracycline-Containing Regimen (Intent-to-Treat Analysis) Efficacy Parameter Docetaxel (n = 203) Mitomycin/Vinblastine (n = 189) p-value Median Survival 11.4 months 8.7 months p = 0.01 Log Rank Risk Ratio*, Mortality (Docetaxel: Control) 0.73 95% CI (Risk Ratio) 0.58 to 0.93 Median Time to Progression 4.3 months 2.5 months p = 0.01 Log Rank Risk Ratio*, Progression (Docetaxel: Control) 0.75 95% CI (Risk Ratio) 0.61 to 0.94 Overall Response Rate 28.1% 9.5% p < 0.0001 Complete Response Rate 3.4% 1.6% Chi Square *For the risk ratio, a value less than 1.00 favors docetaxel.

In a second randomized trial, patients previously treated with an alkylating-containing regimen were assigned to treatment with docetaxel (100 mg/m 2 ) or doxorubicin (75 mg/m 2 ) every 3 weeks.

One hundred sixty-one patients were randomized to docetaxel and 165 patients to doxorubicin.

Approximately one-half of patients had received prior chemotherapy for metastatic disease, and one-half entered the study following relapse after adjuvant therapy.

Three-quarters of patients had measurable, visceral metastases.

The primary endpoint was time to progression.

The study results are summarized below (see Table 13 ).

Table 13 – Efficacy of Docetaxel in the Treatment of Breast Cancer Patients Previously Treated with an Alkylating-Containing Regimen (Intent-to-Treat Analysis) Efficacy Parameter Docetaxel (n = 161) Doxorubicin (n = 165) p-value Median Survival 14.7 months 14.3 months p = 0.39 Log Rank Risk Ratio*, Mortality (Docetaxel: Control) 0.89 95% CI (Risk Ratio) 0.68 to 1.16 Median Time to Progression 6.5 months 5.3 months p = 0.45 Log Rank Risk Ratio*, Progression (Docetaxel: Control) 0.93 95% CI (Risk Ratio) 0.71 to 1.16 Overall Response Rate 45.3% 29.7% p = 0.004 Chi Square Complete Response Rate 6.8% 4.2% *For the risk ratio, a value less than 1.00 favors docetaxel.

In another multicenter open-label, randomized trial (TAX313), in the treatment of patients with advanced breast cancer who progressed or relapsed after one prior chemotherapy regimen, 527 patients were randomized to receive docetaxel monotherapy 60 mg/m 2 (n = 151), 75 mg/m 2 (n = 188) or 100 mg/m 2 (n = 188).

In this trial, 94% of patients had metastatic disease and 79% had received prior anthracycline therapy.

Response rate was the primary endpoint.

Response rates increased with docetaxel dose: 19.9% for the 60 mg/m 2 group compared to 22.3% for the 75 mg/m 2 and 29.8% for the 100 mg/m 2 group; pair-wise comparison between the 60 mg/m 2 and 100 mg/m 2 groups was statistically significant (p = 0.037).

Single Arm Studies Docetaxel at a dose of 100 mg/m 2 was studied in six single arm studies involving a total of 309 patients with metastatic breast cancer in whom previous chemotherapy had failed.

Among these, 190 patients had anthracycline-resistant breast cancer, defined as progression during an anthracycline-containing chemotherapy regimen for metastatic disease, or relapse during an anthracycline-containing adjuvant regimen.

In anthracycline-resistant patients, the overall response rate was 37.9% (72/190; 95% C.I.: 31 to 44.8) and the complete response rate was 2.1%.

Docetaxel was also studied in three single arm Japanese studies at a dose of 60 mg/m 2 , in 174 patients who had received prior chemotherapy for locally advanced or metastatic breast cancer.

Among 26 patients whose best response to an anthracycline had been progression, the response rate was 34.6% (95% C.I.: 17.2 to 55.7), similar to the response rate in single arm studies of 100 mg/m 2 .

14.2 Adjuvant Treatment of Breast Cancer A multicenter, open-label, randomized trial (TAX316) evaluated the efficacy and safety of docetaxel for the adjuvant treatment of patients with axillary-node-positive breast cancer and no evidence of distant metastatic disease.

After stratification according to the number of positive lymph nodes (1 to 3, 4+), 1491 patients were randomized to receive either docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 administered 1 hour after doxorubicin 50 mg/m 2 and cyclophosphamide 500 mg/m 2 (TAC arm), or doxorubicin 50 mg/m 2 followed by fluorouracil 500 mg/m 2 and cyclosphosphamide 500 mg/m 2 (FAC arm).

Both regimens were administered every 3 weeks for 6 cycles.

Docetaxel was administered as a 1 hour infusion; all other drugs were given as intravenous bolus on day 1.

In both arms, after the last cycle of chemotherapy, patients with positive estrogen and/or progesterone receptors received tamoxifen 20 mg daily for up to 5 years.

Adjuvant radiation therapy was prescribed according to guidelines in place at participating institutions and was given to 69% of patients who received TAC and 72% of patients who received FAC.

Results from a second interim analysis (median follow-up 55 months) are as follows: In study TAX316, the docetaxel-containing combination regimen TAC showed significantly longer disease-free survival (DFS) than FAC (hazard ratio = 0.74; 2 sided 95% CI = 0.60, 0.92, stratified log rank p = 0.0047).

The primary endpoint, disease-free survival, included local and distant recurrences, contralateral breast cancer and deaths from any cause.

The overall reduction in risk of relapse was 25.7% for TAC-treated patients (see Figure 1 ).

At the time of this interim analysis, based on 219 deaths, overall survival was longer for TAC than FAC (hazard ratio = 0.69, 2 sided 95% CI = 0.53, 0.90) (see Figure 2 ).

There will be further analysis at the time survival data mature.

Figure 1 – TAX316 Disease Free Survival K-M Curve Figure 2 – TAX316 Overall Survival K-M Curve The following table describes the results of subgroup analyses for DFS and OS (see Table 14 ).

Table 14 – Subset Analyses-Adjuvant Breast Cancer Study Disease Free Survival Overall Survival Patient subset Number of patients Hazard ratio* 95% CI Hazard ratio* 95% CI No.

of positive nodes Overall 744 0.74 (0.60, 0.92) 0.69 (0.53, 0.90) 1 to 3 467 0.64 (0.47, 0.87) 0.45 (0.29, 0.70) 4+ 277 0.84 (0.63, 1.12) 0.93 (0.66, 1.32) Receptor status Positive 566 0.76 (0.59, 0.98) 0.69 (0.48, 0.99) Negative 178 0.68 (0.48, 0.97) 0.66 (0.44, 0.98) * a hazard ratio of less than 1 indicates that TAC is associated with a longer disease free survival or overall survival compared to FAC.

Figure 1 Figure 2 14.3 Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer (NSCLC) The efficacy and safety of docetaxel has been evaluated in patients with unresectable, locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer whose disease has failed prior platinum-based chemotherapy or in patients who are chemotherapy-naïve.

Monotherapy with Docetaxel for NSCLC Previously Treated with Platinum-Based Chemotherapy Two randomized, controlled trials established that a docetaxel dose of 75 mg/m 2 was tolerable and yielded a favorable outcome in patients previously treated with platinum-based chemotherapy (see below).

Docetaxel at a dose of 100 mg/m 2 , however, was associated with unacceptable hematologic toxicity, infections, and treatment-related mortality and this dose should not be used [ see Boxed Warning, Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ), Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 ) ].

One trial (TAX317), randomized patients with locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer, a history of prior platinum-based chemotherapy, no history of taxane exposure, and an ECOG performance status ≤ 2 to docetaxel or best supportive care.

The primary endpoint of the study was survival.

Patients were initially randomized to docetaxel 100 mg/m 2 or best supportive care, but early toxic deaths at this dose led to a dose reduction to docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 .

A total of 104 patients were randomized in this amended study to either docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 or best supportive care.

In a second randomized trial (TAX320), 373 patients with locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer, a history of prior platinum-based chemotherapy, and an ECOG performance status ≤ 2 were randomized to docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 , docetaxel 100 mg/m 2 and a treatment in which the investigator chose either vinorelbine 30 mg/m 2 days 1, 8, and 15 repeated every 3 weeks or ifosfamide 2 g/m 2 days 1 to 3 repeated every 3 weeks.

Forty percent of the patients in this study had a history of prior paclitaxel exposure.

The primary endpoint was survival in both trials.

The efficacy data for the docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 arm and the comparator arms are summarized in Table 15 and Figures 3 and 4 showing the survival curves for the two studies.

Table 15 – Efficacy of Docetaxel in the Treatment of Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Patients Previously Treated with a Platinum-Based Chemotherapy Regimen (Intent-to-Treat Analysis) TAX317 TAX320 Docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 Best Supportive Care Docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 Control (V/I*) n = 55 n = 49 n = 125 n = 123 Overall Survival Log-rank Test p = 0.01 p = 0.13 Risk Ratio †† , Mortality (Docetaxel: Control) 0.56 0.82 95% CI (Risk Ratio) (0.35, 0.88) (0.63, 1.06) Median Survival 7.5 months** 4.6 months 5.7 months 5.6 months 95% CI (5.5, 12.8) (3.7, 6.1) (5.1, 7.1) (4.4, 7.9) % 1 year Survival 37%** † 12% 30%** † 20% 95% CI (24, 50) (2, 23) (22, 39) (13, 27) Time to Progression 12.3 weeks** 7 weeks 8.3 weeks 7.6 weeks 95% CI (9, 18.3) (6, 9.3) (7, 11.7) (6.7, 10.1) Response Rate 5.5% Not Applicable 5.7% 0.8% 95% CI (1.1, 15.1) (2.3, 11.3) (0, 4.5) * Vinorelbine/Ifosfamide ** p ≤ 0.05 † uncorrected for multiple comparisons †† a value less than 1.00 favors docetaxel Only one of the two trials (TAX317) showed a clear effect on survival, the primary endpoint; that trial also showed an increased rate of survival to one year.

In the second study (TAX320) the rate of survival at one year favored docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 .

Figure 3 – TAX317 Survival K-M Curves – Docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 vs.

Best Supportive Care Figure 4 – TAX320 Survival K-M Curves – Docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 vs.

Vinorelbine or Ifosfamide Control Patients treated with docetaxel at a dose of 75 mg/m 2 experienced no deterioration in performance status and body weight relative to the comparator arms used in these trials.

Combination Therapy with Docetaxel for Chemotherapy-Naïve NSCLC In a randomized controlled trial (TAX326), 1218 patients with unresectable stage IIIB or IV NSCLC and no prior chemotherapy were randomized to receive one of three treatments: Docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 as a 1 hour infusion immediately followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m 2 over 30 to 60 minutes every 3 weeks; vinorelbine 25 mg/m 2 administered over 6 to 10 minutes on days 1, 8, 15, 22 followed by cisplatin 100 mg/m 2 administered on day 1 of cycles repeated every 4 weeks; or a combination of docetaxel and carboplatin.

The primary efficacy endpoint was overall survival.

Treatment with docetaxel+cisplatin did not result in a statistically significantly superior survival compared to vinorelbine+cisplatin (see table below).

The 95% confidence interval of the hazard ratio (adjusted for interim analysis and multiple comparisons) shows that the addition of docetaxel to cisplatin results in an outcome ranging from a 6% inferior to a 26% superior survival compared to the addition of vinorelbine to cisplatin.

The results of a further statistical analysis showed that at least (the lower bound of the 95% confidence interval) 62% of the known survival effect of vinorelbine when added to cisplatin (about a 2 month increase in median survival; Wozniak et al.

JCO, 1998) was maintained.

The efficacy data for the docetaxel+cisplatin arm and the comparator arm are summarized in Table 16 .

Table 16 – Survival Analysis of Docetaxel in Combination Therapy for Chemotherapy-Naïve NSCLC Comparison Docetaxel+Cisplatin Vinorelbine+Cisplatin n = 408 n = 405 Kaplan-Meier Estimate of Median Survival 10.9 months 10 months p-value a 0.122 Estimated Hazard Ratio b 0.88 Adjusted 95% CI c (0.74, 1.06) a From the superiority test (stratified log rank) comparing docetaxel+cisplatin to vinorelbine+cisplatin b Hazard ratio of docetaxel+cisplatin vs.

vinorelbine+cisplatin.

A hazard ratio of less than 1 indicates that docetaxel+cisplatin is associated with a longer survival.

c Adjusted for interim analysis and multiple comparisons.

The second comparison in the same three-arm study, vinorelbine+cisplatin versus docetaxel+carboplatin, did not demonstrate superior survival associated with the docetaxel arm (Kaplan-Meier estimate of median survival was 9.1 months for docetaxel+carboplatin compared to 10 months on the vinorelbine+cisplatin arm) and the docetaxel+carboplatin arm did not demonstrate preservation of at least 50% of the survival effect of vinorelbine added to cisplatin.

Secondary endpoints evaluated in the trial included objective response and time to progression.

There was no statistically significant difference between docetaxel+cisplatin and vinorelbine+cisplatin with respect to objective response and time to progression (see Table 17 ).

Table 17 – Response and TTP Analysis of Docetaxel in Combination Therapy for Chemotherapy-Naïve NSCLC Endpoint Docetaxel+Cisplatin Vinorelbine+Cisplatin p-value Objective Response Rate (95% CI) a 31.6% (26.5%, 36.8%) 24.4% (19.8%, 29.2%) Not significant Median Time to Progression b (95% CI) a 21.4 weeks (19.3, 24.6) 22.1 weeks (18.1, 25.6) Not significant a Adjusted for multiple comparisons.

b Kaplan-Meier estimates.

Figure 3 Figure 4 14.4 Hormone Refractory Prostate Cancer The safety and efficacy of docetaxel in combination with prednisone in patients with androgen independent (hormone refractory) metastatic prostate cancer were evaluated in a randomized multicenter active control trial.

A total of 1006 patients with Karnofsky Performance Status (KPS) ≥ 60 were randomized to the following treatment groups: Docetaxel 75 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks for 10 cycles.

Docetaxel 30 mg/m 2 administered weekly for the first 5 weeks in a 6 week cycle for 5 cycles.

Mitoxantrone 12 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks for 10 cycles.

All 3 regimens were administered in combination with prednisone 5 mg twice daily, continuously.

In the docetaxel every three week arm, a statistically significant overall survival advantage was demonstrated compared to mitoxantrone.

In the docetaxel weekly arm, no overall survival advantage was demonstrated compared to the mitoxantrone control arm.

Efficacy results for the docetaxel every 3 week arm versus the control arm are summarized in Table 18 and Figure 5 .

Table 18 – Efficacy of Docetaxel in the Treatment of Patients with Androgen Independent (Hormone Refractory) Metastatic Prostate Cancer (Intent-to-Treat Analysis) Docetaxel+Prednisone every 3 weeks Mitoxantrone+Prednisone every 3 weeks Number of patients Median survival (months) 95% CI Hazard ratio 95% CI p-value* 335 18.9 (17 to 21.2) 0.761 (0.619 to 0.936) 0.0094 337 16.5 (14.4 to 18.6) — — — *Stratified log rank test.

Threshold for statistical significance = 0.0175 because of 3 arms.

Figure 5 -TAX327 Survival K-M Curves Figure 5 14.5 Gastric Adenocarcinoma A multicenter, open-label, randomized trial was conducted to evaluate the safety and efficacy of docetaxel for the treatment of patients with advanced gastric adenocarcinoma, including adenocarcinoma of the gastroesophageal junction, who had not received prior chemotherapy for advanced disease.

A total of 445 patients with KPS > 70 were treated with either docetaxel (T) (75 mg/m 2 on day 1) in combination with cisplatin (C) (75 mg/m 2 on day 1) and fluorouracil (F) (750 mg/m 2 per day for 5 days) or cisplatin (100 mg/m 2 on day 1) and fluorouracil (1000 mg/m 2 per day for 5 days).

The length of a treatment cycle was 3 weeks for the TCF arm and 4 weeks for the CF arm.

The demographic characteristics were balanced between the two treatment arms.

The median age was 55 years, 71% were male, 71% were Caucasian, 24% were 65 years of age or older, 19% had a prior curative surgery and 12% had palliative surgery.

The median number of cycles administered per patient was 6 (with a range of 1 to 16) for the TCF arm compared to 4 (with a range of 1 to 12) for the CF arm.

Time to progression (TTP) was the primary endpoint and was defined as time from randomization to disease progression or death from any cause within 12 weeks of the last evaluable tumor assessment or within 12 weeks of the first infusion of study drugs for patients with no evaluable tumor assessment after randomization.

The hazard ratio (HR) for TTP was 1.47 (CF/TCF, 95% CI: 1.19 to 1.83) with a significantly longer TTP (p = 0.0004) in the TCF arm.

Approximately 75% of patients had died at the time of this analysis.

Overall survival was significantly longer (p = 0.0201) in the TCF arm with a HR of 1.29 (95% CI: 1.04 to 1.61).

Efficacy results are summarized in Table 19 and Figures 6 and 7 .

Table 19 – Efficacy of Docetaxel in the Treatment of Patients with Gastric Adenocarcinoma Endpoint TCF n = 221 CF n = 224 Median TTP (months) (95%CI) Hazard ratio † (95%CI) *p-value 5.6 (4.86 to 5.91) 3.7 (3.45 to 4.47) 0.68 (0.55 to 0.84) 0.0004 Median survival (months) (95%CI) Hazard ratio † (95%CI) *p-value 9.2 (8.38 to 10.58) 8.6 (7.16 to 9.46) 0.77 (0.62 to 0.96) 0.0201 Overall Response Rate (CR+PR) (%) p-value 36.7 25.4 0.0106 *Unstratified log-rank test † For the hazard ratio (TCF/CF), values less than 1.00 favor the docetaxel arm.

Subgroup analyses were consistent with the overall results across age, gender and race.

Figure 6 – Gastric Cancer Study (TAX325) Time to Progression K-M Curve Figure 7 – Gastric Cancer Study (TAX325) Survival K-M Curve Figure 6 Figure 7 14.6 Head and Neck Cancer Induction chemotherapy followed by radiotherapy (TAX323) The safety and efficacy of docetaxel in the induction treatment of patients with squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN) was evaluated in a multicenter, open-label, randomized trial (TAX323).

In this study, 358 patients with inoperable locally advanced SCCHN, and WHO performance status 0 or 1, were randomized to one of two treatment arms.

Patients on the docetaxel arm received docetaxel (T) 75 mg/m 2 followed by cisplatin (P) 75 mg/m 2 on Day 1, followed by fluorouracil (F) 750 mg/m 2 per day as a continuous infusion on Days 1 to 5.

The cycles were repeated every three weeks for 4 cycles.

Patients whose disease did not progress received radiotherapy (RT) according to institutional guidelines (TPF/RT).

Patients on the comparator arm received cisplatin (P) 100 mg/m 2 on Day 1, followed by fluorouracil (F) 1000 mg/m 2 /day as a continuous infusion on Days 1 to 5.

The cycles were repeated every three weeks for 4 cycles.

Patients whose disease did not progress received RT according to institutional guidelines (PF/RT).

At the end of chemotherapy, with a minimal interval of 4 weeks and a maximal interval of 7 weeks, patients whose disease did not progress received radiotherapy (RT) according to institutional guidelines.

Locoregional therapy with radiation was delivered either with a conventional fraction regimen (1.8 Gy to 2 Gy once a day, 5 days per week for a total dose of 66 to 70 Gy) or with an accelerated/hyperfractionated regimen (twice a day, with a minimum interfraction interval of 6 hours, 5 days per week, for a total dose of 70 to 74 Gy, respectively).

Surgical resection was allowed following chemotherapy, before or after radiotherapy.

The primary endpoint in this study, progression-free survival (PFS), was significantly longer in the TPF arm compared to the PF arm, p = 0.0077 (median PFS: 11.4 vs.

8.3 months respectively) with an overall median follow up time of 33.7 months.

Median overall survival with a median follow-up of 51.2 months was also significantly longer in favor of the TPF arm compared to the PF arm (median OS: 18.6 vs.

14.2 months respectively).

Efficacy results are presented in Table 20 and Figures 8 and 9 .

Table 20 – Efficacy of Docetaxel in the Induction Treatment of Patients with Inoperable Locally Advanced SCCHN (Intent-to-Treat Analysis) ENDPOINT Docetaxel + Cisplatin + Fluorouracil n = 177 Cisplatin + Fluorouracil n = 181 Median progression free survival (months) (95%CI) Adjusted Hazard ratio (95%CI) *p-value 11.4 (10.1 to 14) 8.3 (7.4 to 9.1) 0.71 (0.56 to 0.91) 0.0077 Median survival (months) (95%CI) Hazard ratio (95%CI) **p-value 18.6 (15.7 to 24) 14.2 (11.5 to 18.7) 0.71 (0.56 to 0.90) 0.0055 Best overall response (CR + PR) to chemotherapy (%) (95%CI) ***p-value 67.8 (60.4 to 74.6) 53.6 (46 to 61) 0.006 Best overall response (CR + PR) to study treatment [chemotherapy +/- radiotherapy] (%) (95%CI) ***p-value 72.3 (65.1 to 78.8) 58.6 (51 to 65.8) 0.006 A Hazard ratio of less than 1 favors Docetaxel+Cisplatin+Fluorouracil * Stratified log-rank test based on primary tumor site ** Stratified log-rank test, not adjusted for multiple comparisons *** Chi square test, not adjusted for multiple comparisons Figure 8 – TAX323 Progression-Free Survival K-M Curve Figure 9 – TAX323 Overall Survival K-M Curve Induction chemotherapy followed by chemoradiotherapy (TAX324) The safety and efficacy of docetaxel in the induction treatment of patients with locally advanced (unresectable, low surgical cure, or organ preservation) SCCHN was evaluated in a randomized, multicenter open-label trial (TAX324).

In this study, 501 patients, with locally advanced SCCHN, and a WHO performance status of 0 or 1, were randomized to one of two treatment arms.

Patients on the docetaxel arm received docetaxel (T) 75 mg/m² by intravenous infusion on day 1 followed by cisplatin (P) 100 mg/m² administered as a 30 minute to three-hour intravenous infusion, followed by the continuous intravenous infusion of fluorouracil (F) 1000 mg/m²/day from day 1 to day 4.

The cycles were repeated every 3 weeks for 3 cycles.

Patients on the comparator arm received cisplatin (P) 100 mg/m² as a 30 minute to three-hour intravenous infusion on day 1 followed by the continuous intravenous infusion of fluorouracil (F) 1000 mg/m²/day from day 1 to day 5.

The cycles were repeated every 3 weeks for 3 cycles.

All patients in both treatment arms who did not have progressive disease were to receive 7 weeks of chemoradiotherapy (CRT) following induction chemotherapy 3 to 8 weeks after the start of the last cycle.

During radiotherapy, carboplatin (AUC 1.5) was given weekly as a one-hour intravenous infusion for a maximum of 7 doses.

Radiation was delivered with megavoltage equipment using once daily fractionation (2 Gy per day, 5 days per week for 7 weeks for a total dose of 70 to 72 Gy).

Surgery on the primary site of disease and/or neck could be considered at anytime following completion of CRT.

The primary efficacy endpoint, overall survival (OS), was significantly longer (log-rank test, p = 0.0058) with the docetaxel-containing regimen compared to PF [median OS: 70.6 versus 30.1 months respectively, hazard ratio (HR) = 0.70, 95% confidence interval (CI) = 0.54 to 0.90].

Overall survival results are presented in Table 21 and Figure 10 .

Table 21 – Efficacy of Docetaxel in the Induction Treatment of Patients with Locally Advanced SCCHN (Intent-to-Treat Analysis) ENDPOINT Docetaxel + Cisplatin + Fluorouracil n = 255 Cisplatin + Fluorouracil n = 246 Median overall survival (months) (95% CI) 70.6 (49 to NE) 30.1 (20.9 to 51.5) Hazard ratio: (95% CI) *p-value 0.70 (0.54 to 0.90) 0.0058 A Hazard ratio of less than 1 favors docetaxel+cisplatin+fluorouracil * un-adjusted log-rank test NE – not estimable Figure 10 -TAX324 Overall Survival K-M Curve Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING 16.1 How Supplied One-vial Docetaxel Injection USP Docetaxel Injection USP (20 mg/mL) requires NO prior dilution with a diluent and is ready to add to the infusion solution.

Docetaxel Injection USP is supplied in a single use vial as a sterile, pyrogen-free, non-aqueous solution.

Docetaxel Injection USP 20 mg/mL (NDC 0703-5720-01) Docetaxel Injection USP 20 mg/mL: 20 mg docetaxel in 1 mL in 50/50 (v/v) ratio polysorbate 80/dehydrated alcohol.

The vial is in one carton.

Docetaxel Injection USP 80 mg/4 mL (NDC 0703-5730-01) Docetaxel Injection USP 80 mg/4 mL: 80 mg docetaxel in 4 mL 50/50 (v/v) ratio polysorbate 80/dehydrated alcohol.

The vial is in one carton.

16.2 Storage Store between 2° to 25°C (36° to 77°F).

Retain in the original package to protect from light.

Freezing does not adversely affect the product.

16.3 Handling and Disposal Procedures for proper handling and disposal of anticancer drugs should be considered.

Several guidelines on this subject have been published [ see References ( 15 ) ].

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Warnings and Precautions ( 5.9 ) 12/2013 Warnings and Precautions ( 5.11 ) 11/2014

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use In general, dose selection for an elderly patient should be cautious, reflecting the greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy in elderly patients.

Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer In a study conducted in chemotherapy-naïve patients with NSCLC (TAX326), 148 patients (36%) in the docetaxel+cisplatin group were 65 years of age or greater.

There were 128 patients (32%) in the vinorelbine+cisplatin group 65 years of age or greater.

In the docetaxel+cisplatin group, patients less than 65 years of age had a median survival of 10.3 months (95% CI: 9.1 months, 11.8 months) and patients 65 years or older had a median survival of 12.1 months (95% CI: 9.3 months, 14 months).

In patients 65 years of age or greater treated with docetaxel+cisplatin, diarrhea (55%), peripheral edema (39%) and stomatitis (28%) were observed more frequently than in the vinorelbine+cisplatin group (diarrhea 24%, peripheral edema 20%, stomatitis 20%).

Patients treated with docetaxel+cisplatin who were 65 years of age or greater were more likely to experience diarrhea (55%), infections (42%), peripheral edema (39%) and stomatitis (28%) compared to patients less than the age of 65 administered the same treatment (43%, 31%, 31% and 21%, respectively).

When docetaxel was combined with carboplatin for the treatment of chemotherapy-naïve, advanced non-small cell lung carcinoma, patients 65 years of age or greater (28%) experienced higher frequency of infection compared to similar patients treated with docetaxel+cisplatin, and a higher frequency of diarrhea, infection and peripheral edema than elderly patients treated with vinorelbine+cisplatin.

Prostate Cancer Of the 333 patients treated with docetaxel every three weeks plus prednisone in the prostate cancer study (TAX327), 209 patients were 65 years of age or greater and 68 patients were older than 75 years.

In patients treated with docetaxel every three weeks, the following treatment emergent adverse reactions occurred at rates ≥ 10% higher in patients 65 years of age or greater compared to younger patients: anemia (71% vs.

59%), infection (37% vs.

24%), nail changes (34% vs.

23%), anorexia (21% vs.

10%), weight loss (15% vs.

5%) respectively.

Breast Cancer In the adjuvant breast cancer trial (TAX316), docetaxel in combination with doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide was administered to 744 patients of whom 48 (6%) were 65 years of age or greater.

The number of elderly patients who received this regimen was not sufficient to determine whether there were differences in safety and efficacy between elderly and younger patients.

Gastric Cancer Among the 221 patients treated with docetaxel in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil in the gastric cancer study, 54 were 65 years of age or older and 2 patients were older than 75 years.

In this study, the number of patients who were 65 years of age or older was insufficient to determine whether they respond differently from younger patients.

However, the incidence of serious adverse reactions was higher in the elderly patients compared to younger patients.

The incidence of the following adverse reactions (all grades, regardless of relationship): lethargy, stomatitis, diarrhea, dizziness, edema, febrile neutropenia/neutropenic infection occurred at rates ≥ 10% higher in patients who were 65 years of age or older compared to younger patients.

Elderly patients treated with TCF should be closely monitored.

Head and Neck Cancer Among the 174 and 251 patients who received the induction treatment with docetaxel in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil (TPF) for SCCHN in the TAX323 and TAX324 studies, 18 (10%) and 32 (13%) of the patients were 65 years of age or older, respectively.

These clinical studies of docetaxel in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil in patients with SCCHN did not include sufficient numbers of patients aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger patients.

Other reported clinical experience with this treatment regimen has not identified differences in responses between elderly and younger patients.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 One-vial Docetaxel Injection Docetaxel injection 20 mg/mL Docetaxel injection 20 mg/mL: 20 mg docetaxel in 1 mL in 50/50 (v/v) ratio polysorbate 80/dehydrated alcohol.

Docetaxel Injection 80 mg/4 mL Docetaxel injection 80 mg/4 mL: 80 mg docetaxel in 4 mL 50/50 (v/v) ratio polysorbate 80/dehydrated alcohol.

One-vial docetaxel injection: Single use vials 20 mg/mL and 80 mg/4 mL ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Docetaxel is an antineoplastic agent that acts by disrupting the microtubular network in cells that is essential for mitotic and interphase cellular functions.

Docetaxel binds to free tubulin and promotes the assembly of tubulin into stable microtubules while simultaneously inhibiting their disassembly.

This leads to the production of microtubule bundles without normal function and to the stabilization of microtubules, which results in the inhibition of mitosis in cells.

Docetaxel’s binding to microtubules does not alter the number of protofilaments in the bound microtubules, a feature which differs from most spindle poisons currently in clinical use.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Docetaxel injection USP is a microtubule inhibitor indicated for: Breast Cancer (BC) : single agent for locally advanced or metastatic BC after chemotherapy failure; and with doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide as adjuvant treatment of operable node-positive BC ( 1.1 ) Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer (NSCLC) : single agent for locally advanced or metastatic NSCLC after platinum therapy failure; and with cisplatin for unresectable, locally advanced or metastatic untreated NSCLC ( 1.2 ) Hormone Refractory Prostate Cancer (HRPC) : with prednisone in androgen independent (hormone refractory) metastatic prostate cancer ( 1.3 ) Gastric Adenocarcinoma (GC) : with cisplatin and fluorouracil for untreated, advanced GC, including the gastroesophageal junction ( 1.4 ) Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Head and Neck Cancer (SCCHN) : with cisplatin and fluorouracil for induction treatment of locally advanced SCCHN ( 1.5 ) 1.1 Breast Cancer Docetaxel injection USP is indicated for the treatment of patients with locally advanced or metastatic breast cancer after failure of prior chemotherapy.

Docetaxel injection USP in combination with doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide is indicated for the adjuvant treatment of patients with operable node-positive breast cancer.

1.2 Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Docetaxel injection USP as a single agent is indicated for the treatment of patients with locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer after failure of prior platinum-based chemotherapy.

Docetaxel injection USP in combination with cisplatin is indicated for the treatment of patients with unresectable, locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer who have not previously received chemotherapy for this condition.

1.3 Prostate Cancer Docetaxel injection USP in combination with prednisone is indicated for the treatment of patients with androgen independent (hormone refractory) metastatic prostate cancer.

1.4 Gastric Adenocarcinoma Docetaxel injection USP in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil is indicated for the treatment of patients with advanced gastric adenocarcinoma, including adenocarcinoma of the gastroesophageal junction, who have not received prior chemotherapy for advanced disease.

1.5 Head and Neck Cancer Docetaxel injection USP in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil is indicated for the induction treatment of patients with locally advanced squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN).

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The alcohol content in docetaxel injection should be taken into account when given to pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.11 )] .

The efficacy of docetaxel in pediatric patients as monotherapy or in combination has not been established.

The overall safety profile of docetaxel in pediatric patients receiving monotherapy or TCF was consistent with the known safety profile in adults.

Docetaxel has been studied in a total of 289 pediatric patients: 239 in 2 trials with monotherapy and 50 in combination treatment with cisplatin and 5-fluoruracil (TCF).

Docetaxel Monotherapy Docetaxel monotherapy was evaluated in a dose-finding phase 1 trial in 61 pediatric patients (median age 12.5 years, range 1 to 22 years) with a variety of refractory solid tumors.

The recommended dose was 125 mg/m 2 as a 1 hour intravenous infusion every 21 days.

The primary dose limiting toxicity was neutropenia.

The recommended dose for docetaxel monotherapy was evaluated in a phase 2 single-arm trial in 178 pediatric patients (median age 12 years, range 1 to 26 years) with a variety of recurrent/refractory solid tumors.

Efficacy was not established with tumor response rates ranging from one complete response (CR) (0.6%) in a patient with undifferentiated sarcoma to four partial responses (2.2%) seen in one patient each with Ewing Sarcoma, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, and squamous cell carcinoma.

Docetaxel in Combination Docetaxel was studied in combination with cisplatin and 5-fluorouracil (TCF) versus cisplatin and 5-fluorouracil (CF) for the induction treatment of nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC) in pediatric patients prior to chemoradiation consolidation.

Seventy-five patients (median age 16 years, range 9 to 21 years) were randomized (2:1) to docetaxel (75 mg/m²) in combination with cisplatin (75 mg/m²) and 5-fluorouracil (750 mg/m²) (TCF) or to cisplatin (80 mg/m²) and 5-fluorouracil (1000 mg/m²/day) (CF).

The primary endpoint was the CR rate following induction treatment of NPC.

One patient out of 50 in the TCF group (2%) had a complete response while none of the 25 patients in the CF group had a complete response.

Pharmacokinetics: Pharmacokinetic parameters for docetaxel were determined in 2 pediatric solid tumor trials.

Following docetaxel administration at 55 mg/m 2 to 235 mg/m 2 in a 1 hour intravenous infusion every 3 weeks in 25 patients aged 1 to 20 years (median 11 years), docetaxel clearance was 17.3±10.9 L/h/m 2 .

Docetaxel was administered in combination with cisplatin and 5-fluorouracil (TCF), at dose levels of 75 mg/m 2 in a 1 hour intravenous infusion day 1 in 28 patients aged 10 to 21 years (median 16 years, 17 patients were older than 16).

Docetaxel clearance was 17.9±8.75 L/h/m 2 , corresponding to an AUC of 4.20±2.57 mcg.h/mL.

In summary, the body surface area adjusted clearance of docetaxel monotherapy and TCF combination in children were comparable to those in adults [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects Pregnancy Category D [see Warnings and Precautions section] Based on its mechanism of action and findings in animals, docetaxel can cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

If docetaxel is used during pregnancy, or if the patient becomes pregnant while receiving this drug, the patient should be apprised of the potential hazard to the fetus.

Women of childbearing potential should be advised to avoid becoming pregnant during therapy with docetaxel.

Docetaxel can cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

Studies in both rats and rabbits at doses ≥ 0.3 and 0.03 mg/kg/day, respectively (about 1/50 and 1/300 the daily maximum recommended human dose on a mg/m 2 basis), administered during the period of organogenesis, have shown that docetaxel is embryotoxic and fetotoxic (characterized by intrauterine mortality, increased resorption, reduced fetal weight, and fetal ossification delay).

The doses indicated above also caused maternal toxicity.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers It is not known whether docetaxel is excreted in human milk.

Because many drugs are excreted in human milk, and because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants from docetaxel, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or to discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: TOXIC DEATHS, HEPATOTOXICITY, NEUTROPENIA, HYPERSENSITIVITY REACTIONS, and FLUID RETENTION The incidence of treatment-related mortality associated with docetaxel therapy is increased in patients with abnormal liver function, in patients receiving higher doses, and in patients with non-small cell lung carcinoma and a history of prior treatment with platinum-based chemotherapy who receive docetaxel as a single agent at a dose of 100 mg/m 2 [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ) ].

Docetaxel should not be given to patients with bilirubin > upper limit of normal (ULN), or to patients with AST and/or ALT > 1.5 x ULN concomitant with alkaline phosphatase > 2.5 x ULN.

Patients with elevations of bilirubin or abnormalities of transaminase concurrent with alkaline phosphatase are at increased risk for the development of grade 4 neutropenia, febrile neutropenia, infections, severe thrombocytopenia, severe stomatitis, severe skin toxicity, and toxic death.

Patients with isolated elevations of transaminase > 1.5 x ULN also had a higher rate of febrile neutropenia grade 4 but did not have an increased incidence of toxic death.

Bilirubin, AST or ALT, and alkaline phosphatase values should be obtained prior to each cycle of docetaxel therapy [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) ].

Docetaxel therapy should not be given to patients with neutrophil counts of < 1500 cells/mm 3 .

In order to monitor the occurrence of neutropenia, which may be severe and result in infection, frequent blood cell counts should be performed on all patients receiving docetaxel [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 ) ].

Severe hypersensitivity reactions characterized by generalized rash/erythema, hypotension and/or bronchospasm, or very rarely fatal anaphylaxis, have been reported in patients who received a 3 day dexamethasone premedication.

Hypersensitivity reactions require immediate discontinuation of the docetaxel infusion and administration of appropriate therapy [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.4 ) ].

Docetaxel must not be given to patients who have a history of severe hypersensitivity reactions to docetaxel or to other drugs formulated with polysorbate 80 [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) ].

Severe fluid retention occurred in 6.5% (6/92) of patients despite use of a 3 day dexamethasone premedication regimen.

It was characterized by one or more of the following events: poorly tolerated peripheral edema, generalized edema, pleural effusion requiring urgent drainage, dyspnea at rest, cardiac tamponade, or pronounced abdominal distention (due to ascites) [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.5 ) ].

WARNING: TOXIC DEATHS, HEPATOTOXICITY, NEUTROPENIA, HYPERSENSITIVITY REACTIONS, and FLUID RETENTION See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

Treatment-related mortality increases with abnormal liver function, at higher doses, and in patients with NSCLC and prior platinum-based therapy receiving docetaxel at 100 mg/m 2 ( 5.1 ) Should not be given if bilirubin > ULN, or if AST and/or ALT > 1.5 x ULN concomitant with alkaline phosphatase > 2.5 x ULN.

LFT elevations increase risk of severe or life-threatening complications.

Obtain LFTs before each treatment cycle ( 8.6 ) Should not be given if neutrophil counts are < 1500 cells/mm 3 .

Obtain frequent blood counts to monitor for neutropenia ( 4 ) Severe hypersensitivity, including very rare fatal anaphylaxis, has been reported in patients who received dexamethasone premedication.

Severe reactions require immediate discontinuation of docetaxel and administration of appropriate therapy ( 5.4 ) Contraindicated if history of severe hypersensitivity reactions to docetaxel or to drugs formulated with polysorbate 80 ( 4 ) Severe fluid retention may occur despite dexamethasone ( 5.5 )

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Acute myeloid leukemia: In patients who received docetaxel, doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide, monitor for delayed myelodysplasia or myeloid leukemia ( 5.6 ) Cutaneous reactions: Reactions including erythema of the extremities with edema followed by desquamation may occur.

Severe skin toxicity may require dose adjustment ( 5.7 ) Neurologic reactions: Reactions including paresthesia, dysesthesia, and pain may occur.

Severe neurosensory symptoms require dose adjustment or discontinuation if persistent.

( 5.8 ) Eye disorders: Cystoid macular edema (CME) has been reported and requires treatment discontinuation.

( 5.9 ) Asthenia: Severe asthenia may occur and may require treatment discontinuation.

( 5.10 ) Alcohol content: The alcohol content in a dose of docetaxel injection may affect the central nervous system.

This may include impairment of a patient’s ability to drive or use machines immediately after infusion.

(5.11) Pregnancy: Fetal harm can occur when administered to a pregnant woman.

Women of childbearing potential should be advised not to become pregnant when receiving docetaxel ( 5.12 , 8.1 ) 5.1 Toxic Deaths Breast Cancer Docetaxel administered at 100 mg/m 2 was associated with deaths considered possibly or probably related to treatment in 2% (19/965) of metastatic breast cancer patients, both previously treated and untreated, with normal baseline liver function and in 11.5% (7/61) of patients with various tumor types who had abnormal baseline liver function (AST and/or ALT > 1.5 times ULN together with AP > 2.5 times ULN).

Among patients dosed at 60 mg/m 2 , mortality related to treatment occurred in 0.6% (3/481) of patients with normal liver function, and in 3 of 7 patients with abnormal liver function.

Approximately half of these deaths occurred during the first cycle.

Sepsis accounted for the majority of the deaths.

Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Docetaxel administered at a dose of 100 mg/m 2 in patients with locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer who had a history of prior platinum-based chemotherapy was associated with increased treatment-related mortality (14% and 5% in two randomized, controlled studies).

There were 2.8% treatment-related deaths among the 176 patients treated at the 75 mg/m 2 dose in the randomized trials.

Among patients who experienced treatment-related mortality at the 75 mg/m 2 dose level, 3 of 5 patients had an ECOG PS of 2 at study entry [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 ), Clinical Studies ( 14 ) ] .

5.2 Hepatic Impairment Patients with combined abnormalities of transaminases and alkaline phosphatase should not be treated with docetaxel [ see Boxed Warning, Use in Specific Populations ( 8.6 ), Clinical Studies ( 14 )].

5.3 Hematologic Effects Perform frequent peripheral blood cell counts on all patients receiving docetaxel.

Patients should not be retreated with subsequent cycles of docetaxel until neutrophils recover to a level > 1500 cells/mm 3 and platelets recover to a level > 100,000 cells/mm 3 .

A 25% reduction in the dose of docetaxel is recommended during subsequent cycles following severe neutropenia (< 500 cells/mm 3 ) lasting 7 days or more, febrile neutropenia, or a grade 4 infection in a docetaxel cycle [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

Neutropenia (< 2000 neutrophils/mm 3 ) occurs in virtually all patients given 60 mg/m 2 to 100 mg/m 2 of docetaxel and grade 4 neutropenia (< 500 cells/mm 3 ) occurs in 85% of patients given 100 mg/m 2 and 75% of patients given 60 mg/m 2 .

Frequent monitoring of blood counts is, therefore, essential so that dose can be adjusted.

Docetaxel should not be administered to patients with neutrophils < 1500 cells/mm 3 .

Febrile neutropenia occurred in about 12% of patients given 100 mg/m 2 but was very uncommon in patients given 60 mg/m 2 .

Hematologic responses, febrile reactions and infections, and rates of septic death for different regimens are dose related [ see Adverse Reactions ( 6.1 ), Clinical Studies ( 14 ) ].

Three breast cancer patients with severe liver impairment (bilirubin > 1.7 times ULN) developed fatal gastrointestinal bleeding associated with severe drug-induced thrombocytopenia.

In gastric cancer patients treated with docetaxel in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil (TCF), febrile neutropenia and/or neutropenic infection occurred in 12% of patients receiving G-CSF compared to 28% who did not.

Patients receiving TCF should be closely monitored during the first and subsequent cycles for febrile neutropenia and neutropenic infection [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ), Adverse Reactions ( 6 ) ].

5.4 Hypersensitivity Reactions Patients should be observed closely for hypersensitivity reactions, especially during the first and second infusions.

Severe hypersensitivity reactions characterized by generalized rash/erythema, hypotension and/or bronchospasm, or very rarely fatal anaphylaxis, have been reported in patients premedicated with 3 days of corticosteroids.

Severe hypersensitivity reactions require immediate discontinuation of the docetaxel infusion and aggressive therapy.

Patients with a history of severe hypersensitivity reactions should not be rechallenged with docetaxel.

Hypersensitivity reactions may occur within a few minutes following initiation of a docetaxel infusion.

If minor reactions such as flushing or localized skin reactions occur, interruption of therapy is not required.

All patients should be premedicated with an oral corticosteroid prior to the initiation of the infusion of docetaxel [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.6 ) ].

5.5 Fluid Retention Severe fluid retention has been reported following docetaxel therapy.

Patients should be premedicated with oral corticosteroids prior to each docetaxel administration to reduce the incidence and severity of fluid retention [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.6 ) ].

Patients with preexisting effusions should be closely monitored from the first dose for the possible exacerbation of the effusions.

When fluid retention occurs, peripheral edema usually starts in the lower extremities and may become generalized with a median weight gain of 2 kg.

Among 92 breast cancer patients premedicated with 3 day corticosteroids, moderate fluid retention occurred in 27.2% and severe fluid retention in 6.5%.

The median cumulative dose to onset of moderate or severe fluid retention was 819 mg/m 2 .

Nine of 92 patients (9.8%) of patients discontinued treatment due to fluid retention: 4 patients discontinued with severe fluid retention; the remaining 5 had mild or moderate fluid retention.

The median cumulative dose to treatment discontinuation due to fluid retention was 1021 mg/m 2 .

Fluid retention was completely, but sometimes slowly, reversible with a median of 16 weeks from the last infusion of docetaxel to resolution (range: 0 to 42+ weeks).

Patients developing peripheral edema may be treated with standard measures, e.g ., salt restriction, oral diuretic(s).

5.6 Acute Myeloid Leukemia Treatment-related acute myeloid leukemia (AML) or myelodysplasia has occurred in patients given anthracyclines and/or cyclophosphamide, including use in adjuvant therapy for breast cancer.

In the adjuvant breast cancer trial (TAX316) AML occurred in 3 of 744 patients who received docetaxel, doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide (TAC) and in 1 of 736 patients who received fluorouracil, doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide [ see Clinical Studies ( 14.2 ) ].

In TAC-treated patients, the risk of delayed myelodysplasia or myeloid leukemia requires hematological follow-up.

5.7 Cutaneous Reactions Localized erythema of the extremities with edema followed by desquamation has been observed.

In case of severe skin toxicity, an adjustment in dosage is recommended [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

The discontinuation rate due to skin toxicity was 1.6% (15/965) for metastatic breast cancer patients.

Among 92 breast cancer patients premedicated with 3 day corticosteroids, there were no cases of severe skin toxicity reported and no patient discontinued docetaxel due to skin toxicity.

5.8 Neurologic Reactions Severe neurosensory symptoms ( e.g., paresthesia, dysesthesia, pain) were observed in 5.5% (53/965) of metastatic breast cancer patients, and resulted in treatment discontinuation in 6.1%.

When these symptoms occur, dosage must be adjusted.

If symptoms persist, treatment should be discontinued [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

Patients who experienced neurotoxicity in clinical trials and for whom follow-up information on the complete resolution of the event was available had spontaneous reversal of symptoms with a median of 9 weeks from onset (range: 0 to 106 weeks).

Severe peripheral motor neuropathy mainly manifested as distal extremity weakness occurred in 4.4% (42/965).

5.9 Eye Disorders Cystoid macular edema (CME) has been reported in patients treated with docetaxel.

Patients with impaired vision should undergo a prompt and comprehensive ophthalmologic examination.

If CME is diagnosed, docetaxel treatment should be discontinued and appropriate treatment initiated.

Alternative non-taxane cancer treatment should be considered.

5.10 Asthenia Severe asthenia has been reported in 14.9% (144/965) of metastatic breast cancer patients but has led to treatment discontinuation in only 1.8%.

Symptoms of fatigue and weakness may last a few days up to several weeks and may be associated with deterioration of performance status in patients with progressive disease.

5.11 Alcohol Content Cases of intoxication have been reported with some formulations of docetaxel due to the alcohol content.

The alcohol content in a dose of docetaxel injection may affect the central nervous system and should be taken into account for patients in whom alcohol intake should be avoided or minimized.

Consideration should be given to the alcohol content in docetaxel injection on the ability to drive or use machines immediately after the infusion.

Each administration of docetaxel injection at 100 mg/m 2 delivers 1.975 g/m 2 of ethanol.

For a patient with a BSA of 2.0 m 2 , this would deliver 3.95 grams of ethanol [see Description ( 11 ) ] .

Other docetaxel products may have a different amount of alcohol.

5.12 Use in Pregnancy Docetaxel can cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

Docetaxel caused embryofetal toxicities including intrauterine mortality when administered to pregnant rats and rabbits during the period of organogenesis.

Embryofetal effects in animals occurred at doses as low as 1/50 and 1/300 the recommended human dose on a body surface area basis.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women using docetaxel.

If docetaxel is used during pregnancy, or if the patient becomes pregnant while receiving this drug, the patient should be apprised of the potential hazard to the fetus.

Women of childbearing potential should be advised to avoid becoming pregnant during therapy with docetaxel [ see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1 ) ].

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION See FDA-Approved Patient Labeling Docetaxel may cause fetal harm.

Advise patients to avoid becoming pregnant while receiving this drug.

Women of childbearing potential should use effective contraceptives if receiving docetaxel [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.12 ) and Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1 ) ].

Obtain detailed allergy and concomitant drug information from the patient prior to docetaxel administration.

Explain the significance of oral corticosteroids such as dexamethasone administration to the patient to help facilitate compliance.

Instruct patients to report if they were not compliant with oral corticosteroid regimen.

Instruct patients to immediately report signs of a hypersensitivity reaction.

Tell patients to watch for signs of fluid retention such as peripheral edema in the lower extremities, weight gain and dyspnea.

Explain the significance of routine blood cell counts.

Instruct patients to monitor their temperature frequently and immediately report any occurrence of fever.

Instruct patients to report myalgia, cutaneous, or neurologic reactions.

Explain to patients the possible effects of the alcohol content in docetaxel injection, including possible effects on the central nervous system.

Patients in whom alcohol should be avoided or minimized should consider the alcohol content of docetaxel injection.

Alcohol could impair their ability to drive or use machines immediately after infusion.

Explain to patients that side effects such as nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation, fatigue, excessive tearing, infusion site reactions, and hair loss are associated with docetaxel administration.

Manufactured For: TEVA PHARMACEUTICALS USA, INC.

North Wales, PA 19454 Iss.

1/2015

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 For all indications, toxicities may warrant dosage adjustments [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ] .

Administer in a facility equipped to manage possible complications (e.g., anaphylaxis).

Administer in a facility equipped to manage possible complications (e.g., anaphylaxis).

Administer intravenously (IV) over 1 hr every 3 weeks.

PVC equipment is not recommended.

Use only a 21 gauge needle to withdraw docetaxel injection from the vial .

BC locally advanced or metastatic: 60 mg/m 2 to 100 mg/m 2 single agent ( 2.1 ) BC adjuvant: 75 mg/m 2 administered 1 hour after doxorubicin 50 mg/m 2 and cyclophosphamide 500 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks for 6 cycles ( 2.1 ) NSCLC: after platinum therapy failure: 75 mg/m 2 single agent ( 2.2 ) NSCLC: chemotherapy-naive: 75 mg/m 2 followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m 2 ( 2.2 ) HRPC: 75 mg/m 2 with 5 mg prednisone twice a day continuously ( 2.3 ) GC: 75 mg/m 2 followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m 2 (both on day 1 only) followed by fluorouracil 750 mg/m 2 per day as a 24 hr IV (days 1 to 5), starting at end of cisplatin infusion ( 2.4 ) SCCHN: 75 mg/m 2 followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m 2 IV (day 1), followed by fluorouracil 750 mg/m 2 per day as a 24 hr IV (days 1 to 5), starting at end of cisplatin infusion; for 4 cycles ( 2.5 ) SCCHN: 75 mg/m 2 followed by cisplatin 100 mg/m 2 IV (day 1), followed by fluorouracil 1000 mg/m 2 per day as a 24 hr IV (days 1 to 4); for 3 cycles ( 2.5 ) For all patients: Premedicate with oral corticosteroids ( 2.6 ) Adjust dose as needed ( 2.7 ) 2.1 Breast Cancer For locally advanced or metastatic breast cancer after failure of prior chemotherapy, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection is 60 mg/m 2 to 100 mg/m 2 administered intravenously over 1 hour every 3 weeks.

For the adjuvant treatment of operable node-positive breast cancer, the recommended docetaxel injection dose is 75 mg/m 2 administered 1 hour after doxorubicin 50 mg/m 2 and cyclophosphamide 500 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks for 6 courses.

Prophylactic G-CSF may be used to mitigate the risk of hematological toxicities [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

2.2 Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer For treatment after failure of prior platinum-based chemotherapy, docetaxel injection was evaluated as monotherapy, and the recommended dose is 75 mg/m 2 administered intravenously over 1 hour every 3 weeks.

A dose of 100 mg/m 2 in patients previously treated with chemotherapy was associated with increased hematologic toxicity, infection, and treatment-related mortality in randomized, controlled trials [ see Boxed Warning, Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ), Warnings and Precautions ( 5 ), Clinical Studies ( 14 ) ].

For chemotherapy-naïve patients, docetaxel injection was evaluated in combination with cisplatin.

The recommended dose of docetaxel injection is 75 mg/m 2 administered intravenously over 1 hour immediately followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m 2 over 30 to 60 minutes every 3 weeks [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

2.3 Prostate Cancer For hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection is 75 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks as a 1 hour intravenous infusion.

Prednisone 5 mg orally twice daily is administered continuously [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

2.4 Gastric Adenocarcinoma For gastric adenocarcinoma, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection is 75 mg/m 2 as a 1 hour intravenous infusion, followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m 2 , as a 1 to 3 hour intravenous infusion (both on day 1 only), followed by fluorouracil 750 mg/m 2 per day given as a 24 hour continuous intravenous infusion for 5 days, starting at the end of the cisplatin infusion.

Treatment is repeated every three weeks.

Patients must receive premedication with antiemetics and appropriate hydration for cisplatin administration [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

2.5 Head and Neck Cancer Patients must receive premedication with antiemetics, and appropriate hydration (prior to and after cisplatin administration).

Prophylaxis for neutropenic infections should be administered.

All patients treated on the docetaxel injection containing arms of the TAX323 and TAX324 studies received prophylactic antibiotics.

Induction chemotherapy followed by radiotherapy (TAX323) For the induction treatment of locally advanced inoperable SCCHN, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection is 75 mg/m 2 as a 1 hour intravenous infusion followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m 2 intravenously over 1 hour, on day one, followed by fluorouracil as a continuous intravenous infusion at 750 mg/m 2 per day for five days.

This regimen is administered every 3 weeks for 4 cycles.

Following chemotherapy, patients should receive radiotherapy [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

Induction chemotherapy followed by chemoradiotherapy (TAX324) For the induction treatment of patients with locally advanced (unresectable, low surgical cure, or organ preservation) SCCHN, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection is 75 mg/m 2 as a 1 hour intravenous infusion on day 1, followed by cisplatin 100 mg/m 2 administered as a 30 minute to 3 hour infusion, followed by fluorouracil 1000 mg/m 2 /day as a continuous infusion from day 1 to day 4.

This regimen is administered every 3 weeks for 3 cycles.

Following chemotherapy, patients should receive chemoradiotherapy [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.7 ) ].

2.6 Premedication Regimen All patients should be premedicated with oral corticosteroids (see below for prostate cancer) such as dexamethasone 16 mg per day (e.g., 8 mg twice daily) for 3 days starting 1 day prior to docetaxel injection administration in order to reduce the incidence and severity of fluid retention as well as the severity of hypersensitivity reactions [ see Boxed Warning, Warnings and Precautions ( 5.4 ) ].

For hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer, given the concurrent use of prednisone, the recommended premedication regimen is oral dexamethasone 8 mg, at 12 hours, 3 hours and 1 hour before the docetaxel injection infusion [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.4 ) ].

2.7 Dosage Adjustments During Treatment Breast Cancer Patients who are dosed initially at 100 mg/m 2 and who experience either febrile neutropenia, neutrophils < 500 cells/mm 3 for more than 1 week, or severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions during docetaxel injection therapy should have the dosage adjusted from 100 mg/m 2 to 75 mg/m 2 .

If the patient continues to experience these reactions, the dosage should either be decreased from 75 mg/m 2 to 55 mg/m 2 or the treatment should be discontinued.

Conversely, patients who are dosed initially at 60 mg/m 2 and who do not experience febrile neutropenia, neutrophils < 500 cells/mm 3 for more than 1 week, severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions, or severe peripheral neuropathy during docetaxel injection therapy may tolerate higher doses.

Patients who develop ≥ grade 3 peripheral neuropathy should have docetaxel injection treatment discontinued entirely.

Combination Therapy with Docetaxel Injection in the Adjuvant Treatment of Breast Cancer Docetaxel injection in combination with doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide should be administered when the neutrophil count is ≥ 1,500 cells/mm 3 .

Patients who experience febrile neutropenia should receive G-CSF in all subsequent cycles.

Patients who continue to experience this reaction should remain on G-CSF and have their docetaxel injection dose reduced to 60 mg/m².

Patients who experience grade 3 or 4 stomatitis should have their docetaxel injection dose decreased to 60 mg/m².

Patients who experience severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions or moderate neurosensory signs and/or symptoms during docetaxel injection therapy should have their dosage of docetaxel injection reduced from 75 mg/m² to 60 mg/m².

If the patient continues to experience these reactions at 60 mg/m², treatment should be discontinued.

Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Monotherapy with docetaxel injection for NSCLC treatment after failure of prior platinum-based chemotherapy Patients who are dosed initially at 75 mg/m 2 and who experience either febrile neutropenia, neutrophils < 500 cells/mm 3 for more than one week, severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions, or other grade 3/4 non-hematological toxicities during docetaxel injection treatment should have treatment withheld until resolution of the toxicity and then resumed at 55 mg/m 2 .

Patients who develop ≥ grade 3 peripheral neuropathy should have docetaxel injection treatment discontinued entirely.

Combination therapy with docetaxel injection for chemotherapy-naïve NSCLC For patients who are dosed initially at docetaxel injection 75 mg/m 2 in combination with cisplatin, and whose nadir of platelet count during the previous course of therapy is < 25,000 cells/mm 3 , in patients who experience febrile neutropenia, and in patients with serious non-hematologic toxicities, the docetaxel injection dosage in subsequent cycles should be reduced to 65 mg/m 2 .

In patients who require a further dose reduction, a dose of 50 mg/m 2 is recommended.

For cisplatin dosage adjustments, see manufacturers’ prescribing information.

Prostate Cancer Combination therapy with docetaxel injection for hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer Docetaxel injection should be administered when the neutrophil count is ≥ 1,500 cells/mm 3 .

Patients who experience either febrile neutropenia, neutrophils < 500 cells/mm 3 for more than one week, severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions or moderate neurosensory signs and/or symptoms during docetaxel injection therapy should have the dosage of docetaxel injection reduced from 75 mg/m² to 60 mg/m².

If the patient continues to experience these reactions at 60 mg/m², the treatment should be discontinued.

Gastric or Head and Neck Cancer Docetaxel injection in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil in gastric cancer or head and neck cancer Patients treated with docetaxel injection in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil must receive antiemetics and appropriate hydration according to current institutional guidelines.

In both studies, G-CSF was recommended during the second and/or subsequent cycles in case of febrile neutropenia, or documented infection with neutropenia, or neutropenia lasting more than 7 days.

If an episode of febrile neutropenia, prolonged neutropenia or neutropenic infection occurs despite G-CSF use, the docetaxel injection dose should be reduced from 75 mg/m 2 to 60 mg/m 2 .

If subsequent episodes of complicated neutropenia occur the docetaxel injection dose should be reduced from 60 mg/m 2 to 45 mg/m 2 .

In case of grade 4 thrombocytopenia the docetaxel injection dose should be reduced from 75 mg/m 2 to 60 mg/m 2 .

Patients should not be retreated with subsequent cycles of docetaxel injection until neutrophils recover to a level > 1,500 cells/mm 3 and platelets recover to a level > 100,000 cells/mm 3 .

Discontinue treatment if these toxicities persist [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 ) ] .

Recommended dose modifications for toxicities in patients treated with docetaxel injection in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil are shown in Table 1 .

Table 1 – Recommended Dose Modifications for Toxicities in Patients Treated with Docetaxel Injection in Combination with Cisplatin and Fluorouracil Toxicity Dosage adjustment Diarrhea grade 3 First episode: reduce fluorouracil dose by 20%.

Second episode: then reduce docetaxel injection dose by 20%.

Diarrhea grade 4 First episode: reduce docetaxel injection and fluorouracil doses by 20%.

Second episode: discontinue treatment.

Stomatitis/mucositis grade 3 First episode: reduce fluorouracil dose by 20%.

Second episode: stop fluorouracil only, at all subsequent cycles.

Third episode: reduce docetaxel injection dose by 20%.

Stomatitis/mucositis grade 4 First episode: stop fluorouracil only, at all subsequent cycles.

Second episode: reduce docetaxel injection dose by 20%.

Liver dysfunction: In case of AST/ALT > 2.5 to ≤ 5 x ULN and AP ≤ 2.5 x ULN, or AST/ALT > 1.5 to ≤ 5 x ULN and AP > 2.5 to ≤ 5 x ULN, docetaxel injection should be reduced by 20%.

In case of AST/ALT > 5 x ULN and/or AP > 5 x ULN docetaxel injection should be stopped.

The dose modifications for cisplatin and fluorouracil in the gastric cancer study are provided below: Cisplatin dose modifications and delays Peripheral neuropathy: A neurological examination should be performed before entry into the study, and then at least every 2 cycles and at the end of treatment.

In the case of neurological signs or symptoms, more frequent examinations should be performed and the following dose modifications can be made according to NCIC-CTC grade: Grade 2: Reduce cisplatin dose by 20%.

Grade 3: Discontinue treatment.

Ototoxicity: In the case of grade 3 toxicity, discontinue treatment.

Nephrotoxicity: In the event of a rise in serum creatinine ≥ grade 2 (> 1.5 x normal value) despite adequate rehydration, CrCl should be determined before each subsequent cycle and the following dose reductions should be considered (see Table 2).

For other cisplatin dosage adjustments, also refer to the manufacturers’ prescribing information.

Table 2 – Dose Reductions for Evaluation of Creatinine Clearance Creatinine clearance result before next cycle Cisplatin dose next cycle CrCl ≥ 60 mL/min Full dose of cisplatin was given.

CrCl was to be repeated before each treatment cycle.

CrCl between 40 and 59 mL/min Dose of cisplatin was reduced by 50% at subsequent cycle.

If CrCl was > 60 mL/min at end of cycle, full cisplatin dose was reinstituted at the next cycle.

If no recovery was observed, then cisplatin was omitted from the next treatment cycle.

CrCl < 40 mL/min Dose of cisplatin was omitted in that treatment cycle only.

If CrCl was still < 40 mL/min at the end of cycle, cisplatin was discontinued.

If CrCl was > 40 and < 60 mL/min at end of cycle, a 50% cisplatin dose was given at the next cycle.

If CrCl was > 60 mL/min at end of cycle, full cisplatin dose was given at next cycle.

CrCl = Creatinine clearance Fluorouracil dose modifications and treatment delays For diarrhea and stomatitis, see Table 1 .

In the event of grade 2 or greater plantar-palmar toxicity, fluorouracil should be stopped until recovery.

The fluorouracil dosage should be reduced by 20%.

For other greater than grade 3 toxicities, except alopecia and anemia, chemotherapy should be delayed (for a maximum of 2 weeks from the planned date of infusion) until resolution to grade ≤ 1 and then recommenced, if medically appropriate.

For other fluorouracil dosage adjustments, also refer to the manufacturers’ prescribing information.

Combination Therapy with Strong CYP3A4 inhibitors: Avoid using concomitant strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketoconazole, itraconazole, clarithromycin, atazanavir, indinavir, nefazodone, nelfinavir, ritonavir, saquinavir, telithromycin and voriconazole).

There are no clinical data with a dose adjustment in patients receiving strong CYP3A4 inhibitors.

Based on extrapolation from a pharmacokinetic study with ketoconazole in 7 patients, consider a 50% docetaxel dose reduction if patients require coadministration of a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor [ see Drug Interactions ( 7 ), Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ] .

2.8 Administration Precautions Docetaxel injection is a cytotoxic anticancer drug and, as with other potentially toxic compounds, caution should be exercised when handling and preparing docetaxel injection solutions.

The use of gloves is recommended .

Please refer to [ see How Supplied/ Storage and Handling ( 16.3 ) ].

If docetaxel injection concentrate, initial diluted solution, or final dilution for infusion should come into contact with the skin, immediately and thoroughly wash with soap and water.

If docetaxel injection concentrate, initial diluted solution, or final dilution for infusion should come into contact with mucosa, immediately and thoroughly wash with water.

Contact of the docetaxel injection concentrate with plasticized PVC equipment or devices used to prepare solutions for infusion is not recommended.

In order to minimize patient exposure to the plasticizer DEHP (di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate), which may be leached from PVC infusion bags or sets, the final docetaxel injection dilution for infusion should be stored in bottles (glass, polypropylene) or plastic bags (polypropylene, polyolefin) and administered through polyethylene-lined administration sets.

One-vial Docetaxel Injection (concentrate) Docetaxel injection concentrate requires NO prior dilution with a diluent and is ready to add to the infusion solution.

Please follow the preparation instructions provided below.

2.9 Preparation and Administration DO NOT use the two-vial formulation (injection concentrate and diluent) with the one-vial formulation.

One-vial Docetaxel Injection (concentrate) Docetaxel injection concentrate (20 mg/mL) requires NO prior dilution with a diluent and is ready to add to the infusion solution.

Use only a 21 gauge needle to withdraw docetaxel injection from the vial because larger bore needles (e.g., 18 and 19 gauge) may result in stopper coring and rubber particulates.

Docetaxel injection vials should be stored between 2 and 25°C (36 and 77°F).

If the vials are stored under refrigeration, allow the appropriate number of vials of docetaxel injection concentrate vials to stand at room temperature for approximately 5 minutes before use.

Using only a 21 gauge needle, aseptically withdraw the required amount of docetaxel injection concentrate (20 mg docetaxel/mL) with a calibrated syringe and inject via a single injection (one shot) into a 250 mL infusion bag or bottle of either 0.9% Sodium Chloride solution or 5% Dextrose solution to produce a final concentration of 0.3 mg/mL to 0.74 mg/mL.

If a dose greater than 200 mg of docetaxel injection is required, use a larger volume of the infusion vehicle so that a concentration of 0.74 mg/mL docetaxel injection is not exceeded.

Thoroughly mix the infusion by gentle manual rotation.

As with all parenteral products, docetaxel injection should be inspected visually for particulate matter or discoloration prior to administration whenever the solution and container permit.

If the docetaxel injection dilution for intravenous infusion is not clear or appears to have precipitation, it should be discarded.

Docetaxel injection infusion solution is supersaturated, therefore may crystallize over time.

If crystals appear, the solution must no longer be used and shall be discarded.

The docetaxel injection dilution for infusion should be administered intravenously as a 1 hour infusion under ambient room temperature (below 25°C) and lighting conditions.

2.10 Stability Docetaxel injection final dilution for infusion, if stored between 2°C and 25°C (36°F and 77°F) is stable for 6 hours.

Docetaxel injection final dilution for infusion (in either 0.9% Sodium Chloride solution or 5% Dextrose solution) should be used within 6 hours (including the 1 hour intravenous administration).

In addition, physical and chemical in-use stability of the infusion solution prepared as recommended has been demonstrated in non-PVC bags up to 48 hours when stored between 2°C and 8°C (36 and 46°F).

fenoprofen (as fenoprofen calcium) 200 MG Oral Capsule

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7.

See Table 1 for clinically significant drug interactions with fenoprophen.

Table 1: Clinically Significant Drug Interactions with Fenoprofen Drugs That Interfere with Hemostasis Clinical Impact: Fenoprofen and anticoagulants such as warfarin have a synergistic effect on bleeding.

The concomitant use of fenoprofen and anticoagulants have an increased risk of serious bleeding compared to the use of either drug alone.

Serotonin release by platelets plays an important role in hemostasis.

Case-control and cohort epidemiological studies showed that concomitant use of drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and an NSAID may potentiate the risk of bleeding more than an NSAID alone.

Intervention: Monitor patients with concomitant use of FENORTHO with anticoagulants (e.g., warfarin), antiplatelet agents (e.g., aspirin), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), and serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) for signs of bleeding [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.11 ) ].

Aspirin Clinical Impact: Controlled clinical studies showed that the concomitant use of NSAIDs and analgesic doses of aspirin does not produce any greater therapeutic effect than the use of NSAIDs alone.

In a clinical study, the concomitant use of an NSAID and aspirin was associated with a significantly increased incidence of GI adverse reactions as compared to use of the NSAID alone [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) ].

Intervention: Concomitant use of FENORTHO and analgesic doses of aspirin is not generally recommended because of the increased risk of bleeding [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.11 ) ].

FENORTHO is not a substitute for low dose aspirin for cardiovascular protection.

ACE Inhibitors, Angiotensin Receptor Blockers, and Beta-Blockers Clinical Impact: NSAIDs may diminish the antihypertensive effect of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors, angiotensin receptor blockers (ARBs), or beta-blockers (including propranolol).

In patients who are elderly, volume-depleted (including those on diuretic therapy), or have renal impairment, co-administration of an NSAID with ACE inhibitors or ARBs may result in deterioration of renal function, including possible acute renal failure.

These effects are usually reversible.

Intervention: During concomitant use of FENORTHO and ACE-inhibitors, ARBs, or betablockers, monitor blood pressure to ensure that the desired blood pressure is obtained.

During concomitant use of FENORTHO ACE-inhibitors or ARBs in patients who are elderly, volume-depleted, or have impaired renal function, monitor for signs of worsening renal function [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.6 ) ].

When these drugs are administered concomitantly, patients should be adequately hydrated.

Assess renal function at the beginning of the concomitant treatment and periodically thereafter.

Diuretics Clinical Impact: Clinical studies, as well as post-marketing observations, showed that NSAIDs reduced the natriuretic effect of loop diuretics (e.g., furosemide) and thiazide diuretics in some patients.

This effect has been attributed to the NSAID inhibition of renal prostaglandin synthesis.

Intervention: During concomitant use of FENORTHO with diuretics, observe patients for signs of worsening renal function, in addition to assuring diuretic efficacy including antihypertensive effects [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.6 ) ].

Digoxin Clinical Impact: The concomitant use of fenoprofen with digoxin has been reported to increase the serum concentration and prolong the half-life of digoxin.

Intervention: During concomitant use of FENORTHO and digoxin, monitor serum digoxin levels.

Lithium Clinical Impact: NSAIDs have produced elevations in plasma lithium levels and reductions in renal lithium clearance.

The mean minimum lithium concentration increased 15%, and the renal clearance decreased by approximately 20%.

This effect has been attributed to NSAID inhibition of renal prostaglandin synthesis.

Intervention: During concomitant use of FENORTHO and lithium, monitor patients for signs of lithium toxicity.

Methotrexate Clinical Impact: Concomitant use of NSAIDs and methotrexate may increase the risk for methotrexate toxicity (e.g., neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, renal dysfunction).

Intervention: During concomitant use of FENORTHO and methotrexate, monitor patients for methotrexate toxicity.

Cyclosporine Clinical Impact: Concomitant use of FENORTHO and cyclosporine may increase cyclosporine’s nephrotoxicity.

Intervention: During concomitant use of FENORTHO and cyclosporine, monitor patients for signs of worsening renal function.

NSAIDs and Salicylates Clinical Impact: Concomitant use of fenoprofen with other NSAIDs or salicylates (e.g., diflunisal, salsalate) increases the risk of GI toxicity, with little or no increase in efficacy [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) ].

Intervention: The concomitant use of fenoprofen with other NSAIDs or salicylates is not recommended.

Pemetrexed Clinical Impact: Concomitant use of FENORTHO and pemetrexed may increase the risk of pemetrexed-associated myelosuppression, renal, and GI toxicity (see the pemetrexed prescribing information).

Intervention: During concomitant use of FENORTHO and pemetrexed, in patients with renal impairment whose creatinine clearance ranges from 45 to 79 mL/min, monitor for myelosuppression, renal and GI toxicity.

NSAIDs with short elimination half-lives (e.g., diclofenac, indomethacin) should be avoided for a period of two days before, the day of, and two days following administration of pemetrexed.

In the absence of data regarding potential interaction between pemetrexed and NSAIDs with longer half-lives (e.g., meloxicam, nabumetone), patients taking these NSAIDs should interrupt dosing for at least five days before, the day of, and two days following pemetrexed administration.

Phenobarbital Clinical Impact: Chronic administration of phenobarbital, a known enzyme inducer, may be associated with a decrease in the plasma half-life of fenoprofen.

Intervention: When phenobarbital is added to or withdrawn from treatment, dosage adjustment of FENORTHO may be required.

Hydantoins, sulfonamides, or sulfonylureas Clinical Impact: In vitro studies have shown that fenoprofen, because of its affinity for albumin, may displace from their binding sites other drugs that are also albumin bound, and this may lead to drug interactions.

Theoretically, fenoprofen could likewise be displaced.

Intervention: Patients receiving hydantoins, sulfonamides, or sulfonylureas should be observed for increased activity of these drugs and, therefore, signs of toxicity from these drugs.

Drugs that Interfere with Hemostasis (e.g.

warfarin, aspirin, SSRIs/SNRIs): Monitor patients for bleeding who are concomitantly taking FENORTHO with drugs that interfere with hemostasis.

Concomitant use of FENORTHO and analgesic doses of aspirin is not generally recommended ( 7 ) ACE Inhibitors, Angiotensin Receptor Blockers (ARB), or Beta-Blockers: Concomitant use with FENORTHO may diminish the antihypertensive effect of these drugs.

Monitor blood pressure ( 7 ) ACE Inhibitors and ARBs: Concomitant use with FENORTHO in elderly, volume depleted, or those with renal impairment may result in deterioration of renal function.

In such high risk patients, monitor for signs of worsening renal function ( 7 ) Diuretics: NSAIDs can reduce natriuretic effect of furosemide and thiazide diuretics.

Monitor patients to assure diuretic efficacy including antihypertensive effects ( 7 ) Digoxin: Concomitant use with FENORTHO can increase serum concentration and prolong half-life of digoxin.

Monitor serum digoxin levels ( 7 ) Drug/Laboratory Test Interactions Amerlex-M kit assay values of total and free triiodothyronine in patients receiving Fenortho have been reported as falsely elevated on the basis of a chemical cross-reaction that directly interferes with the assay.

Thyroid-stimulating hormone, total thyroxine, and thyrotropin-releasing hormone response are not affected.

Thus, results of the Amerlex-M kit assay should be interpreted with caution in these patients.

OVERDOSAGE

10.

Symptoms following acute NSAID overdosages have been typically limited to lethargy, drowsiness, nausea, vomiting, and epigastric pain, which have been generally reversible with supportive care.

Gastrointestinal bleeding has occurred.

Hypertension, acute renal failure, respiratory depression, and coma have occurred, but were rare [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.4 , 5.6 ) ].

Manage patients with symptomatic and supportive care following an NSAID overdosage.

There are no specific antidotes.

Consider emesis and/or activated charcoal (60 to 100 grams in adults, 1 to 2 grams per kg of body weight in pediatric patients) and/or osmotic cathartic in symptomatic patients seen within four hours of ingestion or in patients with a large overdosage (5 to 10 times the recommended dosage).

Forced diuresis, alkalinization of urine, hemodialysis, or hemoperfusion may not be useful due to high protein binding.

For additional information about overdosage treatment contact a poison control center (1-800-222-1222).

DESCRIPTION

11.

FENORTHO (fenoprofen calcium, USP) capsules is a nonsteroidal, anti-inflammatory drug available in 200 mg and 400 mg capsule form for oral administration.

The 200 mg capsule is opaque yellow No.

97 cap and opaque white body, imprinted with “RX681” on the cap and body.

The 400 mg capsule is opaque green cap and opaque blue body, imprinted with “NALFON 400 mg” on the cap and “EP 123” on the body.

The chemical name is Benzenaecetic acid, α-methyl-3-phenoxy-, calcium salt dihydrate, (±)-.

The molecular weight is 558.65.

Its molecular formula is C 30 H 26 CaO 6 •2H 2 O, and it has the following chemical structure.

Fenoprofen Calcium is an arylacetic acid derivative.

It is a white crystalline powder.

At 25°C, it dissolves to a 15 mg/mL solution in alcohol (95%).

It is slightly soluble in water and insoluble in benzene.The pKa of fenoprofen calcium is 4.5 at 25°C.

Fenortho capsules contain fenoprofen calcium as the dihydrate in an amount equivalent to 200 mg (0.826 mmol) or 400 mg (1.65 mmol) of fenoprofen.

Inactive ingredients in Fenortho capsules are crospovidone, magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, and talc.

In addition, the 200 mg capsules contain gelatin, titanium dioxide, yellow iron oxide, and red iron oxide, and the 400 mg capsules contain gelatin, D&C Yellow #10, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Red #40, FD&C Yellow #6, and titanium dioxide.

strucform

CLINICAL STUDIES

14.

FENORTHO is a nonsteroidal, anti-inflammatory, antiarthritic drug that also possesses analgesic and antipyretic activities.

Its exact mode of action is unknown, but it is thought that prostaglandin synthetase inhibition is involved.

Results in humans demonstrate that fenoprofen has both anti-inflammatory and analgesic actions.

The emergence and degree of erythemic response were measured in adult male volunteers exposed to ultraviolet irradiation.

The effects of FENORTHO, aspirin, and indomethacin were each compared with those of a placebo.

All 3 drugs demonstrated antierythemic activity.

In all patients with rheumatoid arthritis, the anti-inflammatory action of FENORTHO has been evidenced by relief of pain, increase in grip strength, and reductions in joint swelling, duration of morning stiffness, and disease activity (as assessed by both the investigator and the patient).

The anti-inflammatory action of FENORTHO has also been evidenced by increased mobility (i.e., a decrease in the number of joints having limited motion).

The use of FENORTHO in combination with gold salts or corticosteroids has been studied in patients with rheumatoid arthritis.

The studies, however, were inadequate in demonstrating whether further improvement is obtained by adding FENORTHO to maintenance therapy with gold salts or steroids.

Whether or not FENORTHO used in conjunction with partially effective doses of a corticosteroid has a “steroid-sparing” effect is unknown.

In patients with osteoarthritis, the anti-inflammatory and analgesic effects of FENORTHO have been demonstrated by reduction in tenderness as a response to pressure and reductions in night pain, stiffness, swelling, and overall disease activity (as assessed by both the patient and the investigator).

These effects have also been demonstrated by relief of pain with motion and at rest and increased range of motion in involved joints.

In patients with rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis, clinical studies have shown FENORTHO to be comparable to aspirin in controlling the aforementioned measures of disease activity, but mild gastrointestinal reactions (nausea, dyspepsia) and tinnitus occurred less frequently in patients treated with FENORTHO than in aspirin-treated patients.

It is not known whether FENORTHO causes less peptic ulceration than does aspirin.

In patients with pain, the analgesic action of Fenoprofen calcium has produced a reduction in pain intensity, an increase in pain relief, improvement in total analgesia scores, and a sustained analgesic effect.

HOW SUPPLIED

16.

/STORAGE AND HANDLING Fenortho (fenoprofen calcium, USP) are available in capsule form for oral administration, and are supplied as following: ● The 200 mg capsule has an opaque yellow No.

97 cap and an opaque white body, imprinted with “RX681” on the cap and body.

NDC 54288-0131-10 Bottles of 100.

● The 400 mg capsule has an opaque green cap and an opaque blue body, imprinted with “NALFON 400 mg” on the cap and “EP 123” on the body.

NDC 54288-0132-09 Bottles of 90.

Storage: Store at room temperature 20°C to 25°C (68°F to 77°F); excursions permitted between 15°C to 30°C (59°F to 86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Preserve in well-closed containers

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Boxed Warning 4/2016 Warnings and Precautions, Cardiovascular Thrombotic Events ( 5.1 ) 4/2016 Warnings and Precautions, Heart Failure and Edema ( 5.5 ) 4/2016

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Elderly patients, compared to younger patients, are at greater risk for NSAID-associated serious cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and/or renal adverse reactions.

If the anticipated benefit for the elderly patient outweighs these potential risks, start dosing at the low end of the dosing range, and monitor patients for adverse effects [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.3 , 5.6 , 5.13 ) ].

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3.

FENORTHO (fenoprofen calcium) capsules: The 200 mg capsule is opaque yellow No.

97 cap and opaque white body, imprinted with “RX681” on the cap and body.

The 400 mg capsule is opaque green cap and opaque blue body, imprinted with “NALFON 400 mg” on the cap and “EP 123” on the body.

Fenortho (fenoprofen calcium, USP) capsules: 200 mg and 400 mg ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Fernoprofen has analgesic, anti-inflammatory, and antipyretic properties.

The mechanism of action of FENORTHO, like that of other NSAIDs, is not completely understood but involves inhibition of cyclooxygenase (COX-1 and COX-2).

Fenoprofen is a potent inhibitor of prostaglandin synthesis in vitro.

Fenoprofen concentrations reached during therapy have produced in vivo effects.

Prostaglandins sensitize afferent nerves and potentiate the action of bradykinin in inducing pain in animal models.

Prostaglandins are mediators of inflammation.

Because fenoprofen is an inhibitor of prostaglandin synthesis, its mode of action may be due to a decrease of prostaglandins in peripheral tissues.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1.

FENORTHO is indicated for: Relief of mild to moderate pain in adults.

Relief of the signs and symptoms of rheumatoid arthrites.

Relief of the signs and symptoms of osteoarthritis.

FENORTHO is a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug indicated for: Relief of mild to moderate pain in adults.

( 1 ) Relief of the signs and symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis.

( 1 ) Relief of the signs and symptoms of osteoarthritis.

( 1 )

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients under the age of 18 have not been established.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Risk Summary Use of NSAIDs, including FENORTHO, during the third trimester of pregnancy increases the risk of premature closure of the fetal ductus arteriosus.

Avoid use of NSAIDs, including FENORTHO, in pregnant women starting at 30 weeks of gestation (third trimester).

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies of FENORTHO in pregnant women.

Data from observational studies regarding potential embryofetal risks of NSAID use in women in the first or second trimesters of pregnancy are inconclusive.

In the general U.S.

population, all clinically recognized pregnancies, regardless of drug exposure, have a background rate of 2-4% for major malformations, and 15-20% for pregnancy loss.

In animal reproduction studies, embryo-fetal lethality and skeletal abnormalities were noted in offspring of pregnant rabbits following oral administration of fenoprofen during organogenesis at 0.6 times the maximum human daily dose of 3200 mg/day.

However, there were no major malformations noted following oral administration of fenortho to pregnant rats and rabbits during organogenesis at exposures up to 0.3 and 0.6 times the maximum human daily dose of 3200 mg/day.

Based on animal data, prostaglandins have been shown to have an important role in endometrial vascular permeability, blastocyst implantation, and decidualization.

In animal studies, administration of prostaglandin synthesis inhibitors such as fenoprofen, resulted in increased pre- and post-implantation loss.

Clinical Considerations Labor or Delivery There are no studies on the effects of FENORTHO during labor or delivery.

In animal studies, NSAIDS, including fenoprofen, inhibit prostaglandin synthesis, cause delayed parturition, and increase the incidence of stillbirth.

Data Human Data There are no adequate and well-controlled studies of FENORTHO in pregnant women.

Data from observational studies regarding potential embryofetal risks of NSAID use in women in the first or second trimesters of pregnancy are inconclusive.

Animal data Pregnant rats were treated with fenoprofen using oral doses of 50 or 100 mg/kg (0.15 times and 0.3 times the maximum human daily dose (MHDD) of 3200 mg/day based on body surface area comparison) during the period of organogenesis.

No major malformations were noted and there was no evidence of maternal toxicity at these doses, however, the exposures were below the exposures that will occur in humans.

Pregnant rabbits were treated with fenoprofen using oral doses of 50 or 100 mg/kg (0.3 times and 0.6 times the MHDD of 3200 mg/day based on body surface area comparison) during the period of organogenesis.

Maternal toxicity (mortality) was noted in the high dose animals.

Although no major malformations were noted, there was an increased incidence of embryo-fetal lethality and skeletal abnormalities were present at 0.6 times the MHDD.

Pregnant rats were treated from Gestation Day 14 through Post-Natal Day 20 with oral doses of fenoprofen of 6.25, 12.5, 25, 50, or 100 mg/kg (0.02, 0.04, 0.08, 0.15, or 0.3 times the MDD of 3200 mg/day based on body surface area comparison).

All doses produced significant toxicity, including vaginal bleeding, prolonged parturition, increased stillbirths, and maternal deaths.

Pregnant rats were treated from Gestation Day 6 through Gestation Day 19 and Post Partum Day 1 to 20 (excluding parturition) with an oral dose of fenoprofen of 100 mg/kg (0.3 times the MDD of 3200 mg/day based on body surface area comparison) demonstrated only a small increase in the incidence of impaired parturition despite the presence of maternal toxicity (gastrointestinal ulceration and renal toxicity).

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: RISK OF SERIOUS CARDIOVASCULAR AND GASTROINTESTINAL EVENTS WARNING: RISK OF SERIOUS CARDIOVASCULAR AND GASTROINTESTINAL EVENTS See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) cause an increased risk of serious cardiovascular thrombotic events, including myocardial infarction and stroke, which can be fatal.

This risk may occur early in treatment and may increase with duration of use.

( 5.1 ) FENORTHO is contraindicated in the setting of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) surgery ( 4 , 5.1 ) NSAIDs cause an increased risk of serious gastrointestinal (GI) adverse events including bleeding, ulceration, and perforation of stomach or intestines, which can be fatal.

These events can occur at any time during use and without warning symptoms.

Elderly patients and patients with a prior history of peptic ulcer disease and/or GI bleeding are at greater risk for serious GI events ( 5.2 ) Cardiovascular Thrombic Events Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) cause an increased risk of serious cardiovascular thrombotic events, including myocardial infarction and stroke, which can be fatal.

This risk may occur early in treatment and may increase with duration of use.

[ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ) ].

FENORTHO is contraindicated in the setting of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) surgery [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) and Warnings and precautions ( 5.1 ) ].

Gastrointestinal Bleeding, Ulceration, and Perforation NSAIDs cause an increased risk of serious gastrointestinal (GI) adverse events including bleeding, ulceration, and perforation of stomach or intestines, which can be fatal.

These events can occur at any time during use and without warning symptoms.

Elderly patients and patients with a prior history of peptic ulcer disease and/or GI bleeding are at greater risk for serious GI events [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) ].

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5.

WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Hepatotoxicity: Inform patients of warning signs and symptoms of hepatotoxicity.

Discontinue if abnormal liver tests persist or worsen or if clinical signs and symptoms of liver disease develop ( 5.3 ) Hypertension: Patients taking some antihypertensive medications may have impaired response to these therapies when taking NSAIDs.

Monitor blood pressure ( 5.4 , 7 ) Heart Failure and Edema: Avoid use of FENORTHO in patients with severe heart failure unless benefits are expected to outweigh risk of worsening heart failure ( 5.5 ) Renal Toxicity: Monitor renal function in patients with renal or hepatic impairment, heart failure, dehydration, or hypovolemia.

Avoid use of FENORTHO in patients with advanced renal disease unless benefits are expected to outweigh risk of worsening renal function ( 5.6 ) Anaphylactic Reactions: Seek emergency help if an anaphylactic reaction occurs ( 5.7 ) Exacerbation of Asthma Related to Aspirin Sensitivity: FENORTHO is contraindicated in patients with aspirin-sensitive asthma.

Monitor patients with preexisting asthma (without aspirin sensitivity) ( 5.8 ) Serious Skin Reactions: Discontinue FENORTHO at first appearance of skin rash or other signs of hypersensitivity ( 5.9 ) Premature Closure of Fetal Ductus Arteriosus: Avoid use in pregnant women starting at 30 weeks gestation ( 5.10 , 8.1 ) Hematologic Toxicity: Monitor hemoglobin or hematocrit in patients with any signs or symptoms of anemia ( 5.11 , 7 ) 5.1 Cardiovascular Thrombotic Events Clinical trials of several COX-2 selective and nonselective NSAIDs of up to three years duration have shown an increased risk of serious cardiovascular (CV) thrombotic events, including myocardial infarction (MI) and stroke, which can be fatal.

Based on available data, it is unclear that the risk for CV thrombotic events is similar for all NSAIDs.

The relative increase in serious CV thrombotic events over baseline conferred by NSAID use appears to be similar in those with and without known CV disease or risk factors for CV disease.

However, patients with known CV disease or risk factors had a higher absolute incidence of excess serious CV thrombotic events, due to their increased baseline rate.

Some observational studies found that this increased risk of serious CV thrombotic events began as early as the first weeks of treatment.

The increase in CV thrombotic risk has been observed most consistently at higher doses.

To minimize the potential risk for an adverse CV event in NSAID-treated patients, use the lowest effective dose for the shortest duration possible.

Physicians and patients should remain alert for the development of such events, throughout the entire treatment course, even in the absence of previous CV symptoms.

Patients should be informed about the symptoms of serious CV events and the steps to take if they occur.

There is no consistent evidence that concurrent use of aspirin mitigates the increased risk of serious CV thrombotic events associated with NSAID use.

The concurrent use of aspirin and an NSAID, such as fenoprofen, increases the risk of serious gastrointestinal (GI) events [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) ].

Status Post Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery Two large, controlled clinical trials of a COX-2 selective NSAID for the treatment of pain in the first 10–14 days following CABG surgery found an increased incidence of myocardial infarction and stroke.

NSAIDs are contraindicated in the setting of CABG [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) ].

Post-MI Patients Observational studies conducted in the Danish National Registry have demonstrated that patients treated with NSAIDs in the post-MI period were at increased risk of reinfarction, CV-related death, and all-cause mortality beginning in the first week of treatment.

In this same cohort, the incidence of death in the first year post-MI was 20 per 100 person years in NSAID-treated patients compared to 12 per 100 person years in non-NSAID exposed patients.

Although the absolute rate of death declined somewhat after the first year post-MI, the increased relative risk of death in NSAID users persisted over at least the next four years of follow-up.

Avoid the use of FENORTHO in patients with a recent MI unless the benefits are expected to outweigh the risk of recurrent CV thrombotic events.

If FENORTHO is used in patients with a recent MI, monitor patients for signs of cardiac ischemia.

5.2 Gastrointestinal Bleeding, Ulceration, and Perforation NSAIDs, including FENORTHO, cause serious gastrointestinal (GI) adverse events including inflammation, bleeding, ulceration, and perforation of the esophagus, stomach, small intestine, or large intestine, which can be fatal.

These serious adverse events can occur at any time, with or without warning symptoms, in patients treated with NSAIDS.

Only one in five patients who develop a serious upper GI adverse event on NSAID therapy is symptomatic.

Upper GI ulcers, gross bleeding, or perforation caused by NSAIDs occurred in approximately 1% of patients treated for 3-6 months, and in about 2%-4% of patients treated for one year.

However, even short-term NSAID therapy is not without risk.

Risk Factors for GI Bleeding, Ulceration, and Perforation Patients with a prior history of peptic ulcer disease and/or GI bleeding who used NSAIDs had a greater than 10-fold increased risk of developing a GI bleed compared to patients without these risk factors.

Other factors that increase the risk for GI bleeding in patients treated with NSAIDs include longer duration of NSAID therapy; concomitant use of oral corticosteroids, aspirin, anticoagulants, or selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs); smoking; use of alcohol; older age; and poor general health status.

Most postmarketing reports of fatal GI events occurred in elderly or debilitated patients.

Additionally, patients with advanced liver disease and/or coagulopathy are at increased risk for GI bleeding.

Strategies to Minimize the GI Risks in NSAID-treated Patients: Use the lowest effective dosage for the shortest possible duration.

Avoid administration of more than one NSAID at a time.

Avoid use in patients at higher risk unless benefits are expected to outweigh theincreased risk of bleeding.

For such patients, as well as those with active GIbleeding, consider alternate therapies other than NSAIDs.

Remain alert for signs and symptoms of GI ulceration and bleeding during NSAID therapy.

If a serious GI adverse event is suspected, promptly initiate evaluation and treatment, and discontinue FENORTHO until a serious GI adverse event is ruled out.

In the setting of concomitant use of low-dose aspirin for cardiac prophylaxis, monitor patients more closely for evidence of GI bleeding [ see Drug Interactions ( 7 ) ].

5.3 Hepatotoxicity Elevations of ALT or AST (three or more times the upper limit of normal [ULN]) have been reported in approximately 1% of NSAID-treated patients in clinical trials.

In addition, rare, sometimes fatal, cases of severe hepatic injury, including fulminant hepatitis, liver necrosis, and hepatic failure have been reported.

Elevations of ALT or AST (less than three times ULN) may occur in up to 15% of patients treated with NSAIDs including fenoprofen.

Inform patients of the warning signs and symptoms of hepatotoxicity (e.g., nausea, fatigue, lethargy, diarrhea, pruritus, jaundice, right upper quadrant tenderness, and “flu-like” symptoms).

If clinical signs and symptoms consistent with liver disease develop, or if systemic manifestations occur (e.g., eosinophilia, rash, etc.), discontinue FENORTHO immediately, and perform a clinical evaluation of the patient.

5.4 Hypertension NSAIDs, including FENORTHO, can lead to new onset of hypertension or worsening of pre-existing hypertension, either of which may contribute to the increased incidence of CV events.

Patients taking angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors, thiazide diuretics, or loop diuretics may have impaired response to these therapies when taking NSAIDs [ see Drug Interactions ( 7 ) ].

Monitor blood pressure (BP) during the initiation of NSAID treatment and throughout the course of therapy.

5.5 Heart Failure and Edema The Coxib and traditional NSAID Trialists’ Collaboration meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials demonstrated an approximately two-fold increase in hospitalizations for heart failure in COX-2 selective-treated patients and nonselective NSAID-treated patients compared to placebo-treated patients.

In a Danish National Registry study of patients with heart failure, NSAID use increased the risk of MI, hospitalization for heart failure, and death.

Additionally, fluid retention and edema have been observed in some patients treated with NSAIDs.

Use of fenoprofen may blunt the CV effects of several therapeutic agents used to treat these medical conditions (e.g., diuretics, ACE inhibitors, or angiotensin receptor blockers [ARBs]) [ see Drug Interactions ( 7 ) ].

Avoid the use of FENORTHO in patients with severe heart failure unless the benefits are expected to outweigh the risk of worsening heart failure.

If FENORTHO is used in patients with severe heart failure, monitor patients for signs of worsening heart failure.

5.6 Renal Toxicity and Hyperkalemia Renal Toxicity Long-term administration of NSAIDs has resulted in renal papillary necrosis and other renal injury.

Renal toxicity has also been seen in patients in whom renal prostaglandins have a compensatory role in the maintenance of renal perfusion.

In these patients, administration of an NSAID may cause a dose-dependent reduction in prostaglandin formation and, secondarily, in renal blood flow, which may precipitate overt renal decompensation.

Patients at greatest risk of this reaction are those with impaired renal function, dehydration, hypovolemia, heart failure, liver dysfunction, those taking diuretics and ACE inhibitors or ARBs, and the elderly.

Discontinuation of NSAID therapy is usually followed by recovery to the pretreatment state.

No information is available from controlled clinical studies regarding the use of FENORTHO in patients with advanced renal disease.

The renal effects of FENORTHO may hasten the progression of renal dysfunction in patients with pre-existing renal disease.

Correct volume status in dehydrated or hypovolemic patients prior to initiating FENORTHO.

Monitor renal function in patients with renal or hepatic impairment, heart failure, dehydration, or hypovolemia during use of FENORTHO [ see Drug Interactions ( 7 ) ].

Avoid the use of FENORTHO in patients with advanced renal disease unless the benefits are expected to outweigh the risk of worsening renal function.

If FENORTHO is used in patients with advanced renal disease, monitor patients for signs of worsening renal function.

Hyperkalemia Increases in serum potassium concentration, including hyperkalemia, have been reported with use of NSAIDs, even in some patients without renal impairment.

In patients with normal renal function, these effects have been attributed to a hyporeninemic-hypoaldosteronism state.

5.7 Anaphylactic Reactions Fenoprofen has been associated with anaphylactic reactions in patients with and without known hypersensitivity to fenoprofen and in patients with aspirin-sensitive asthma [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) and Warnings and Precautions ( 5.8 ) ].

Seek emergency help if an anaphylactic reaction occurs.

5.8 Exacerbation of Asthma Related to Aspirin Sensitivity A subpopulation of patients with asthma may have aspirin-sensitive asthma which may include chronic rhinosinusitis complicated by nasal polyps; severe, potentially fatal bronchospasm; and/or intolerance to aspirin and other NSAIDs.

Because cross-reactivity between aspirin and other NSAIDs has been reported in such aspirin-sensitive patients, FENORTHO is contraindicated in patients with this form of aspirin sensitivity [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) ].

When FENORTHO is used in patients with preexisting asthma (without known aspirin sensitivity), monitor patients for changes in the signs and symptoms of asthma.

5.9 Serious Skin Reactions NSAIDs, including fenopropfen, can cause serious skin adverse reactions such as exfoliative dermatitis, Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), and toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), which can be fatal.

These serious events may occur without warning.

Inform patients about the signs and symptoms of serious skin reactions, and to discontinue the use of FENORTHO at the first appearance of skin rash or any other sign of hypersensitivity.

FENORTHO is contraindicated in patients with previous serious skin reactions to NSAIDs [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) ].

5.10 Premature Closure of Fetal Ductus Arteriosus Fenoprofen may cause premature closure of the fetal ductus arteriosus.

Avoid use of NSAIDs, including FENORTHO, in pregnant women starting at 30 weeks of gestation (third trimester) [ see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1 ) ].

5.11 Hematologic Toxicity Anemia has occurred in NSAID-treated patients.

This may be due to occult or gross blood loss, fluid retention, or an incompletely described effect on erythropoiesis.

If a patient treated with FENORTHO has any signs or symptoms of anemia, monitor hemoglobin or hematocrit.

NSAIDs, including FENORTHO, may increase the risk of bleeding events.

Co-morbid conditions such as coagulation disorders, concomitant use of warfarin, other anticoagulants, antiplatelet agents (e.g., aspirin), serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) may increase this risk.

Monitor these patients for signs of bleeding [ see Drug Interactions ( 7 ) ].

5.12 Masking of Inflammation and Fever The pharmacological activity of FENORTHO in reducing inflammation, and possibly fever, may diminish the utility of diagnostic signs in detecting infections.

5.13 Laboratory Monitoring Because serious GI bleeding, hepatotoxicity, and renal injury can occur without warning symptoms or signs, consider monitoring patients on long-term NSAID treatment with a CBC and a chemistry profile periodically [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 , 5.3 , 5.6 ) ].

5.14 Ocular Effects Studies to date have not shown changes in the eyes attributable to the administration of FENORTHO.

However, adverse ocular effects have been observed with other anti-inflammatory drugs.

Eye examinations, therefore, should be performed if visual disturbances occur in patients taking FENORTHO.

5.15 Central Nervous System Effects Caution should be exercised by patients whose activities require alertness if they experience CNS side effects while taking FENORTHO.

5.16 Impact on Hearing Since the safety of FENORTHO has not been established in patients with impaired hearing, these patients should have periodic tests of auditory function during prolonged therapy with FENORTHO.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17.

PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Medication Guide) that accompanies each prescription dispensed.

Inform patients, families, or their caregivers of the following information before initiating therapy with FENORTHO and periodically during the course of ongoing therapy.

Cardiovascular Thrombotic Events Advise patients to be alert for the symptoms of cardiovascular thrombotic events, including chest pain, shortness of breath, weakness, or slurring of speech, and to report any of these symptoms to their health care provider immediately [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ) ].

Gastrointestinal Bleeding, Ulceration, and Perforation Advise patients to report symptoms of ulcerations and bleeding, including epigastric pain, dyspepsia, melena, and hematemesis to their health care provider.

In the setting of concomitant use of low-dose aspirin for cardiac prophylaxis, inform patients of the increased risk for and the signs and symptoms of GI bleeding [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) ].

Hepatotoxicity Inform patients of the warning signs and symptoms of hepatotoxicity (e.g., nausea, fatigue, lethargy, pruritus, diarrhea, jaundice, right upper quadrant tenderness, and “flu-like” symptoms).

If these occur, instruct patients to stop FENORTHO and seek immediate medical therapy [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 ) ].

Heart Failure and Edema Advise patients to be alert for the symptoms of congestive heart failure including shortness of breath, unexplained weight gain, or edema and to contact their healthcare provider if such symptoms occur [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.5 ) ].

Anaphylactic Reactions Inform patients of the signs of an anaphylactic reaction (e.g., difficulty breathing, swelling of the face or throat).

Instruct patients to seek immediate emergency help if these occur [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) and Warnings and Precautions ( 5.7 ) ].

Serious Skin Reactions Advise patients to stop FENORTHO immediately if they develop any type of rash and to contact their healthcare provider as soon as possible [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.9 ) ].

Female Fertility Advise females of reproductive potential who desire pregnancy that NSAIDs, including FENORTHO, may be associated with a reversible delay in ovulation [ see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.3 ) ] Fetal Toxicity Inform pregnant women to avoid use of FENORTHO and other NSAIDs starting at 30 weeks gestation because of the risk of the premature closing of the fetal ductus arteriosus [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.10 ) and Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1 ) ].

Avoid Concomitant Use of NSAIDs Inform patients that the concomitant use of FENORTHO with other NSAIDs or salicylates (e.g., diflunisal, salsalate) is not recommended due to the increased risk of gastrointestinal toxicity, and little or no increase in efficacy [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) and Drug Interactions ( 7 ) ].

Alert patients that NSAIDs may be present in “over the counter” medications for treatment of colds, fever, or insomnia.

Use of NSAIDS and Low-Dose Aspirin Inform patients not to use low-dose aspirin concomitantly with FENORTHO until they talk to their healthcare provider [ see Drug Interactions ( 7 ) ].

Manufactured for: BPI Labs, LLC Freehold, NJ 07728 Issued: 04/ 2016

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2.

Use the lowest effective dosage for shortest duration consistent with individual patient treatment goals ( 2.1 ) Analgesia: For the treatment of mild to moderate pain, the recommended dosage is 200 mg given orally every 4 to 6 hours, as needed ( 2.1 ) Rheumatoid Arthritis and Osteoarthritis: For the relief of signs and symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis the recommended dose is 400 to 600 mg given orally, 3 or 4 times a day.

The dose should be tailored to the needs of the patient and may be increased or decreased depending on the severity of the symptoms.

Dosage adjustments may be made after initiation of drug therapy or during exacerbations of the disease.

Total daily dosage should not exceed 3,200 mg.

2.1 General Dosing Instructions Carefully consider the potential benefits and risks of FENORTHO and other treatment options before deciding to use FENORTHO.

Use lowest effective dosage for the shortest duration consistent with individual patient treatment goals [ see Warnings and Precautions ( 5 ) ].

Fenortho may be administered with meals or with milk.

Although the total amount absorbed is not affected, peak blood levels are delayed and diminished.

Patients with rheumatoid arthritis generally seem to require larger doses of Fenortho than do those with osteoarthritis.

The smallest dose that yields acceptable control should be employed.

Although improvement may be seen in a few days in many patients, an additional 2 to 3 weeks may be required to gauge the full benefits of therapy.

2.2 Analgesia For the treatment of mild to moderate pain, the recommended dosage is 200 mg given orally every 4 to 6 hours, as needed.

2.3 Rheumatoid Arthritis and Osteoarthritis For the relief of signs and symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis the recommended dose is 400 to 600 mg given orally, 3 or 4 times a day.

The dose should be tailored to the needs of the patient and may be increased or decreased depending on the severity of the symptoms.

Dosage adjustments may be made after initiation of drug therapy or during exacerbations of the disease.

Total daily dosage should not exceed 3,200 mg.

duloxetine 60 MG (as duloxetine HCl 67.3 MG) Delayed Release Oral Capsule

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7.

• Potent inhibitors of CYP1A2 should be avoided (7.1).

• Potent inhibitors of CYP2D6 may increase duloxetine concentrations (7.2).

• Duloxetine is a moderate inhibitor of CYP2D6 (7.9).

Both CYP1A2 and CYP2D6 are responsible for duloxetine metabolism.

7.1 Inhibitors of CYP1A2 When duloxetine 60 mg was co-administered with fluvoxamine 100 mg, a potent CYP1A2 inhibitor, to male subjects (n=14) duloxetine AUC was increased approximately 6-fold, the C max was increased about 2.5-fold, and duloxetine t 1/2 was increased approximately 3-fold.

Other drugs that inhibit CYP1A2 metabolism include cimetidine and quinolone antimicrobials such as ciprofloxacin and enoxacin [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12)] .

7.2 Inhibitors of CYP2D6 Concomitant use of duloxetine (40 mg once daily) with paroxetine (20 mg once daily) increased the concentration of duloxetine AUC by about 60%, and greater degrees of inhibition are expected with higher doses of paroxetine.

Similar effects would be expected with other potent CYP2D6 inhibitors (e.g., fluoxetine, quinidine) [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12)] .

7.3 Dual Inhibition of CYP1A2 and CYP2D6 Concomitant administration of duloxetine 40 mg twice daily with fluvoxamine 100 mg, a potent CYP1A2 inhibitor, to CYP2D6 poor metabolizer subjects (n=14) resulted in a 6-fold increase in duloxetine AUC and C max .

7.4 Drugs that Interfere with Hemostasis (e.g., NSAIDs, Aspirin, and Warfarin) Serotonin release by platelets plays an important role in hemostasis.

Epidemiological studies of the case-control and cohort design that have demonstrated an association between use of psychotropic drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and the occurrence of upper gastrointestinal bleeding have also shown that concurrent use of an NSAID or aspirin may potentiate this risk of bleeding.

Altered anticoagulant effects, including increased bleeding, have been reported when SSRIs or SNRIs are co-administered with warfarin.

Concomitant administration of warfarin (2-9 mg once daily) under steady state conditions with duloxetine 60 or 120 mg once daily for up to 14 days in healthy subjects (n=15) did not significantly change INR from baseline (mean INR changes ranged from 0.05 to +0.07).

The total warfarin (protein bound plus free drug) pharmacokinetics (AUC T,ss , C max,ss or t max,ss ) for both R- and S-warfarin were not altered by duloxetine.

Because of the potential effect of duloxetine on platelets, patients receiving warfarin therapy should be carefully monitored when duloxetine is initiated or discontinued [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5)] .

7.5 Lorazepam Under steady-state conditions for duloxetine (60 mg Q 12 hours) and lorazepam (2 mg Q 12 hours), the pharmacokinetics of duloxetine were not affected by co-administration.

7.6 Temazepam Under steady-state conditions for duloxetine (20 mg qhs) and temazepam (30 mg qhs), the pharmacokinetics of duloxetine were not affected by co-administration.

7.7 Drugs that Affect Gastric Acidity Duloxetine delayed-release capsules have an enteric coating that resists dissolution until reaching a segment of the gastrointestinal tract where the pH exceeds 5.5.

In extremely acidic conditions, duloxetine delayed-release capsules, unprotected by the enteric coating, may undergo hydrolysis to form naphthol.

Caution is advised in using duloxetine delayed-release capsules in patients with conditions that may slow gastric emptying (e.g., some diabetics).

Drugs that raise the gastrointestinal pH may lead to an earlier release of duloxetine.

However, co-administration of duloxetine delayed-release capsules with aluminum- and magnesium-containing antacids (51 mEq) or duloxetine delayed-release capsules with famotidine, had no significant effect on the rate or extent of duloxetine absorption after administration of a 40 mg oral dose.

It is unknown whether the concomitant administration of proton pump inhibitors affects duloxetine absorption [see Warnings and Precautions (5.14)] .

7.8 Drugs Metabolized by CYP1A2 In vitro drug interaction studies demonstrate that duloxetine does not induce CYP1A2 activity.

Therefore, an increase in the metabolism of CYP1A2 substrates (e.g., theophylline, caffeine) resulting from induction is not anticipated, although clinical studies of induction have not been performed.

Duloxetine is an inhibitor of the CYP1A2 isoform in in vitro studies, and in two clinical studies the average (90% confidence interval) increase in theophylline AUC was 7% (1%-15%) and 20% (13%-27%) when co-administered with duloxetine (60 mg twice daily).

7.9 Drugs Metabolized by CYP2D6 Duloxetine is a moderate inhibitor of CYP2D6.

When duloxetine was administered (at a dose of 60 mg twice daily) in conjunction with a single 50 mg dose of desipramine, a CYP2D6 substrate, the AUC of desipramine increased 3-fold [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12)] .

7.10 Drugs Metabolized by CYP2C9 Results of in vitro studies demonstrate that duloxetine does not inhibit activity.

In a clinical study, the pharmacokinetics of S-warfarin, a CYP2C9 substrate, were not significantly affected by duloxetine [see Drug Interactions(7.4)].

7.11 Drugs Metabolized by CYP3A Results of in vitro studies demonstrate that duloxetine does not inhibit or induce CYP3A activity.

Therefore, an increase or decrease in the metabolism of CYP3A substrates (e.g., oral contraceptives and other steroidal agents) resulting from induction or inhibition is not anticipated, although clinical studies have not been performed.

7.12 Drugs Metabolized by CYP2C19 Results of in vitro studies demonstrate that duloxetine does not inhibit CYP2C19 activity at therapeutic concentrations.

Inhibition of the metabolism of CYP2C19 substrates is therefore not anticipated, although clinical studies have not been performed.

7.13 Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOIs) [see Dosage and Administration (2.5, 2.6), Contraindications (4.1), and Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].

7.14 Serotonergic Drugs [see Dosage and Administration (2.5, 2.6), Contraindications (4.1), and Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].

7.15 Alcohol When duloxetine and ethanol were administered several hours apart so that peak concentrations of each would coincide, duloxetine did not increase the impairment of mental and motor skills caused by alcohol.

In the duloxetine clinical trials database, three duloxetine-treated patients had liver injury as manifested by ALT and total bilirubin elevations, with evidence of obstruction.

Substantial intercurrent ethanol use was present in each of these cases, and this may have contributed to the abnormalities seen [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2 and 5.12)] .

7.16 CNS Drugs [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12)].

7.17 Drugs Highly Bound to Plasma Protein Because duloxetine is highly bound to plasma protein, administration of duloxetine delayed-release capsules to a patient taking another drug that is highly protein bound may cause increased free concentrations of the other drug, potentially resulting in adverse reactions.

However, co-administration of duloxetine (60 or 120 mg) with warfarin (2-9 mg), a highly protein-bound drug, did not result in significant changes in INR and in the pharmacokinetics of either total S-or total R-warfarin (protein bound plus free drug) [see Drug Interactions (7.4)] .

OVERDOSAGE

10.

10.1 Signs and Symptoms In postmarketing experience, fatal outcomes have been reported for acute overdoses, primarily with mixed overdoses, but also with duloxetine only, at doses as low as 1000 mg.

Signs and symptoms of overdose (duloxetine alone or with mixed drugs) included somnolence, coma, serotonin syndrome, seizures, syncope, tachycardia, hypotension, hypertension, and vomiting.

10.2 Management of Overdose There is no specific antidote to duloxetine, but if serotonin syndrome ensues, specific treatment (such as with cyproheptadine and/or temperature control) may be considered.

In case of acute overdose, treatment should consist of those general measures employed in the management of overdose with any drug.

An adequate airway, oxygenation, and ventilation should be assured, and cardiac rhythm and vital signs should be monitored.

Induction of emesis is not recommended.

Gastric lavage with a large-bore orogastric tube with appropriate airway protection, if needed, may be indicated if performed soon after ingestion or in symptomatic patients.

Activated charcoal may be useful in limiting absorption of duloxetine from the gastrointestinal tract.

Administration of activated charcoal has been shown to decrease AUC and C max by an average of one-third, although some subjects had a limited effect of activated charcoal.

Due to the large volume of distribution of this drug, forced diuresis, dialysis, hemoperfusion, and exchange transfusion are unlikely to be beneficial.

In managing overdose, the possibility of multiple drug involvement should be considered.

A specific caution involves patients who are taking or have recently taken duloxetine and might ingest excessive quantities of a TCA.

In such a case, decreased clearance of the parent tricyclic and/or its active metabolite may increase the possibility of clinically significant sequelae and extend the time needed for close medical observation [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4) and Drug Interactions (7)] .

The physician should consider contacting a poison control center for additional information on the treatment of any overdose.

Telephone numbers for certified poison control centers are listed in the Physicians’ Desk Reference (PDR).

DESCRIPTION

11.

Duloxetine hydrochloride, USP is a selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SSNRI) for oral administration.

Its chemical designation is (+)-( S )- N -methyl-γ-(1-naphthyloxy)-2-thiophenepropylamine hydrochloride.

The empirical formula is C 18 H 19 NOS•HCl, which corresponds to a molecular weight of 333.88.

The structural formula is: Duloxetine hydrochloride, USP is a white to slightly brownish white solid, which is slightly soluble in water.

Each capsule contains enteric-coated pellets of 22.45, 33.68, or 67.36 mg of duloxetine hydrochloride, USP equivalent to 20, 30, or 60 mg of duloxetine, respectively.

These enteric-coated pellets are designed to prevent degradation of the drug in the acidic environment of the stomach.

Inactive ingredients include: 20 mg: FD&C Blue No.

2, gelatin, hypromellose, methacrylic acid copolymer dispersion, polyethylene glycol 400, sodium lauryl sulfate, sucrose, sugar spheres, talc, titanium dioxide, triethyl citrate, black imprinting ink (It contains black iron oxide, potassium hydroxide, propylene glycol, and shellac).

30 mg: FD&C Blue No.

1, FD&C Red No.

40, gelatin, hypromellose, methacrylic acid copolymer dispersion, polyethylene glycol 400, sodium lauryl sulfate, sucrose, sugar spheres, talc, titanium dioxide, triethyl citrate, black imprinting ink (It contains black iron oxide, potassium hydroxide, propylene glycol, and shellac), white imprinting ink (It contains povidone, shellac, sodium hydroxide, and titanium dioxide).

60 mg: FD&C Blue No.

2, gelatin, hypromellose, iron oxide yellow, methacrylic acid copolymer dispersion, polyethylene glycol 400, sodium lauryl sulfate, sucrose, sugar spheres, talc, titanium dioxide, triethyl citrate, white imprinting ink (It contains povidone, shellac, sodium hydroxide, and titanium dioxide).

structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14.

14.1 Major Depressive Disorder The efficacy of duloxetine, as a treatment for depression was established in 4 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, fixed-dose studies in adult outpatients (18 to 83 years) meeting DSM-IV criteria for major depression.

In 2 studies, patients were randomized to duloxetine 60 mg once daily (N=123 and N=128, respectively) or placebo (N=122 and N=139, respectively) for 9 weeks; in the third study, patients were randomized to duloxetine 20 or 40 mg twice daily (N=86 and N=91, respectively) or placebo (N=89) for 8 weeks; in the fourth study, patients were randomized to duloxetine 40 or 60 mg twice daily (N=95 and N=93, respectively) or placebo (N=93) for 8 weeks.

There is no evidence that doses greater than 60 mg/day confer additional benefits.

In all 4 studies, duloxetine demonstrated superiority over placebo as measured by improvement in the 17-item Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAMD-17) total score.

In all of these clinical studies, analyses of the relationship between treatment outcome and age, gender, and race did not suggest any differential responsiveness on the basis of these patient characteristics.

In another study, 533 patients meeting DSM-IV criteria for MDD received duloxetine 60 mg once daily during an initial 12-week open-label treatment phase.

Two hundred and seventy-eight patients who responded to open label treatment (defined as meeting the following criteria at weeks 10 and 12: a HAMD-17 total score ≤9, Clinical Global Impressions of Severity (CGI-S) ≤2, and not meeting the DSM-IV criteria for MDD) were randomly assigned to continuation of duloxetine at the same dose (N=136) or to placebo (N=142) for 6 months.

Patients on duloxetine experienced a statistically significantly longer time to relapse of depression than did patients on placebo.

Relapse was defined as an increase in the CGI–S score of ≥2 points compared with that obtained at week 12, as well as meeting the DSM-IV criteria for MDD at 2 consecutive visits at least 2 weeks apart, where the 2-week temporal criterion had to be satisfied at only the second visit.

The effectiveness of duloxetine in hospitalized patients with major depressive disorder has not been studied.

14.2 Generalized Anxiety Disorder The efficacy of duloxetine in the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) was established in 1 fixed-dose randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial and 2 flexible-dose randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials in adult outpatients between 18 and 83 years of age meeting the DSM-IV criteria for GAD.

In 1 flexible-dose study and in the fixed-dose study, the starting dose was 60 mg once daily where down titration to 30 mg once daily was allowed for tolerability reasons before increasing it to 60 mg once daily.

Fifteen percent of patients were down titrated.

One flexible-dose study had a starting dose of 30 mg once daily for 1 week before increasing it to 60 mg once daily.

The 2 flexible-dose studies involved dose titration with duloxetine doses ranging from 60 mg once daily to 120 mg once daily (N=168 and N=162) compared to placebo (N=159 and N=161) over a 10-week treatment period.

The mean dose for completers at endpoint in the flexible-dose studies was 104.75 mg/day.

The fixed-dose study evaluated duloxetine doses of 60 mg once daily (N=168) and 120 mg once daily (N=170) compared to placebo (N=175) over a 9-week treatment period.

While a 120 mg/day dose was shown to be effective, there is no evidence that doses greater than 60 mg/day confer additional benefit.

In all 3 studies, duloxetine demonstrated superiority over placebo as measured by greater improvement in the Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM-A) total score and by the Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS) global functional impairment score.

The SDS is a widely used and well-validated scale that measures the extent emotional symptoms disrupt patient functioning in 3 life domains: work/school, social life/leisure activities, and family life/ home responsibilities.

In another study, 887 patients meeting DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD received duloxetine 60 mg to 120 mg once daily during an initial 26-week open-label treatment phase.

Four hundred and twenty-nine patients who responded to open-label treatment (defined as meeting the following criteria at weeks 24 and 26: a decrease from baseline HAM-A total score by at least 50% to a score no higher than 11, and a Clinical Global Impressions of Improvement [CGI-Improvement] score of 1 or 2) were randomly assigned to continuation of duloxetine at the same dose (N=216) or to placebo (N=213) and were observed for relapse.

Of the patients randomized, 73% had been in a responder status for at least 10 weeks.

Relapse was defined as an increase in CGI-Severity score at least 2 points to a score ≥4 and a MINI (Mini-International Neuropsychiatric Interview) diagnosis of GAD (excluding duration), or discontinuation due to lack of efficacy.

Patients taking duloxetine experienced a statistically significantly longer time to relapse of GAD than did patients taking placebo.

Subgroup analyses did not indicate that there were any differences in treatment outcomes as a function of age or gender.

14.3 Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathic Pain The efficacy of duloxetine for the management of neuropathic pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy was established in 2 randomized, 12-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled, fixed-dose studies in adult patients having diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain for at least 6 months.

Study DPNP-1 and Study DPNP-2 enrolled a total of 791 patients of whom 592 (75%) completed the studies.

Patients enrolled had Type I or II diabetes mellitus with a diagnosis of painful distal symmetrical sensorimotor polyneuropathy for at least 6 months.

The patients had a baseline pain score of ≥4 on an 11-point scale ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst possible pain).

Patients were permitted up to 4 g of acetaminophen per day as needed for pain, in addition to duloxetine.

Patients recorded their pain daily in a diary.

Both studies compared duloxetine 60 mg once daily or 60 mg twice daily with placebo.

DPNP-1 additionally compared duloxetine 20 mg with placebo.

A total of 457 patients (342 duloxetine, 115 placebo) were enrolled in DPNP-1 and a total of 334 patients (226 duloxetine, 108 placebo) were enrolled in DPNP-2.

Treatment with duloxetine 60 mg one or two times a day statistically significantly improved the endpoint mean pain scores from baseline and increased the proportion of patients with at least a 50% reduction in pain scores from baseline.

For various degrees of improvement in pain from baseline to study endpoint, Figures 1 and 2 show the fraction of patients achieving that degree of improvement.

The figures are cumulative, so that patients whose change from baseline is, for example, 50%, are also included at every level of improvement below 50%.

Patients who did not complete the study were assigned 0% improvement.

Some patients experienced a decrease in pain as early as week 1, which persisted throughout the study.

1 2 14.5 Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain Duloxetine is indicated for the management of chronic musculoskeletal pain.

This has been established in studies in patients with chronic low back pain and chronic pain due to osteoarthritis.

Studies in Chronic Low Back Pain — The efficacy of duloxetine in chronic low back pain (CLBP) was assessed in two double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized clinical trials of 13-weeks duration (Study CLBP-1 and Study CLBP-2), and one of 12-weeks duration (CLBP-3).

CLBP-1 and CLBP-3 demonstrated efficacy of duloxetine in the treatment of chronic low back pain.

Patients in all studies had no signs of radiculopathy or spinal stenosis.

Study CLBP-1: Two hundred thirty-six adult patients (N=115 on duloxetine, N=121 on placebo) enrolled and 182 (77%) completed 13-week treatment phase.

After 7 weeks of treatment, duloxetine patients with less than 30% reduction in average daily pain and who were able to tolerate duloxetine 60 mg once daily had their dose of duloxetine, in a double-blinded fashion, increased to 120 mg once daily for the remainder of the study.

Patients had a mean baseline pain rating of 6 on a numerical rating scale ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst possible pain).

After 13 weeks of treatment, patients taking duloxetine 60-120 mg daily had a significantly greater pain reduction compared to placebo.

Randomization was stratified by the patients’ baseline NSAIDs-use status.

Subgroup analyses did not indicate that there were differences in treatment outcomes as a function of NSAIDs use.

Study CLBP-2: Four hundred and four patients were randomized to receive fixed doses of duloxetine daily or a matching placebo (N=59 on duloxetine 20 mg, N=116 on duloxetine 60 mg, N=112 on duloxetine 120 mg, N=117 on placebo) and 267 (66%) completed the entire 13-week study.

After 13 weeks of treatment, none of the three duloxetine doses showed a statistically significant difference in pain reduction compared to placebo.

Study CLBP-3: Four hundred and one patients were randomized to receive fixed doses of duloxetine 60 mg daily or placebo (N=198 on duloxetine, N=203 on placebo), and 303 (76%) completed the study.

Patients had a mean baseline pain rating of 6 on a numerical rating scale ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst possible pain).

After 12 weeks of treatment, patients taking duloxetine 60 mg daily had significantly greater pain reduction compared to placebo.

For various degrees of improvement in pain from baseline to study endpoint, Figures 5 and 6 show the fraction of patients in CLBP-1 and CLBP-3 achieving that degree of improvement.

The figures are cumulative, so that patients whose change from baseline is, for example, 50%, are also included at every level of improvement below 50%.

Patients who did not complete the study were assigned the value of 0% improvement.

Figure 5: Percentage of Patients Achieving Various Levels of Pain Relief as Measured by 24-Hour Average Pain Severity – CLBP-1 Figure 6: Percentage of Patients Achieving Various Levels of Pain Relief as Measured by 24-Hour Average Pain Severity – CLBP-3 Studies in Chronic Pain Due to Osteoarthritis — The efficacy of duloxetine in chronic pain due to osteoarthritis was assessed in 2 double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized clinical trials of 13-weeks duration (Study OA-1 and Study OA-2).

All patients in both studies fulfilled the ACR clinical and radiographic criteria for classification of idiopathic osteoarthritis of the knee.

Randomization was stratified by the patients’ baseline NSAIDs-use status.

Patients assigned to duloxetine started treatment in both studies at a dose of 30 mg once daily for one week.

After the first week, the dose of duloxetine was increased to 60 mg once daily.

After 7 weeks of treatment with duloxetine 60 mg once daily, in OA-1 patients with sub-optimal response to treatment (<30% pain reduction) and tolerated duloxetine 60 mg once daily had their dose increased to 120 mg.

However, in OA-2, all patients, regardless of their response to treatment after 7 weeks, were re-randomized to either continue receiving duloxetine 60 mg once daily or have their dose increased to 120 mg once daily for the remainder of the study.

Patients in the placebo treatment groups in both studies received a matching placebo for the entire duration of studies.

For both studies, efficacy analyses were conducted using 13-week data from the combined duloxetine 60 mg and 120 mg once daily treatment groups compared to the placebo group.

Study OA-1: Two hundred fifty-six patients (N=128 on duloxetine, N=128 on placebo) enrolled and 204 (80%) completed the study.

Patients had a mean baseline pain rating of 6 on a numerical rating scale ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst possible pain).

After 13 weeks of treatment, patients taking duloxetine had significantly greater pain reduction.

Subgroup analyses did not indicate that there were differences in treatment outcomes as a function of NSAIDs use.

Study OA-2: Two hundred thirty-one patients (N=111 on duloxetine, N=120 on placebo) enrolled and 173 (75%) completed the study.

Patients had a mean baseline pain of 6 on a numerical rating scale ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst possible pain).

After 13 weeks of treatment, patients taking duloxetine did not show a significantly greater pain reduction.

In Study OA-1, for various degrees of improvement in pain from baseline to study endpoint, Figure 7 shows the fraction of patients achieving that degree of improvement.

The figure is cumulative, so that patients whose change from baseline is, for example, 50%, are also included at every level of improvement below 50%.

Patients who did not complete the study were assigned the value of 0% improvement.

Figure 7: Percentage of Patients Achieving Various Levels of Pain Relief as Measured by 24-Hour Average Pain Severity – OA-1 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7

HOW SUPPLIED

16.

/STORAGE AND HANDLING 16.1 How Supplied Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP 20 mg are size ‘4’ hard gelatin capsules having light blue cap and body, imprinted as ’20 mg’ on the body and ‘1109’ on the cap with black ink, containing off white to reddish brown colored pellets.

Unit Dose Box 100 capsules (10×10) NDC 0904-6366-61 Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP 30 mg are size ‘3’ hard gelatin capsules having blue cap and milky white body, imprinted as ’30 mg’ on the body with black ink and ‘1110’ on the cap with white ink, containing off white to reddish brown colored pellets.

Unit Dose Box 100 capsules (10×10) NDC 0904-6367-61 Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP 60 mg are size ‘1’ hard gelatin capsules having opaque blue cap and yellow body, imprinted as ’60 mg’ on the body and ‘1111’ on the cap with white ink, containing off white to reddish brown colored pellets.

Unit Dose Box 100 capsules (10×10) NDC 0904-6368-61 16.2 Storage and Handling Store at 20°-25°C (68°-77°); excursions permitted to 15° – 30°C (59° – 86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Contraindications: Removed: Uncontrolled Narrow-Angle Glaucoma (4.2) 07/2014 Warnings and Precautions: Angle-Closure Glaucoma (5.9) 07/2014

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Of the 2,418 patients in premarketing clinical studies of duloxetine for MDD, 5.9% (143) were 65 years of age or over.

Of the 1041 patients in the CLBP premarketing studies, 21.2% (221) were 65 years of age or over.

Of the 487 patients in OA premarketing studies, 40.5% (197) were 65 years of age or over.

Of the 1,074 patients in the DPNP premarketing studies, 33% (357) were 65 years of age or over.

Premarketing clinical studies of GAD did not include sufficient numbers of subjects age 65 or over to determine whether they respond differently from younger subjects.

In the MDD, DPNP, OA, and CLBP studies, no overall differences in safety or effectiveness were observed between these subjects and younger subjects, and other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

SSRIs and SNRIs, including duloxetine has been associated with cases of clinically significant hyponatremia in elderly patients, who may be at greater risk for this adverse event [see Warnings and Precautions (5.13)] .

The pharmacokinetics of duloxetine after a single dose of 40 mg were compared in healthy elderly females (65 to 77 years) and healthy middle-age females (32 to 50 years).

There was no difference in the C max , but the AUC of duloxetine was somewhat (about 25%) higher and the half-life about 4 hours longer in the elderly females.

Population pharmacokinetic analyses suggest that the typical values for clearance decrease by approximately 1% for each year of age between 25 to 75 years of age; but age as a predictive factor only accounts for a small percentage of between-patient variability.

Dosage adjustment based on the age of the patient is not necessary [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)] .

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3.

20 mg, 30 mg, and 60 mg capsules (3) Duloxetine Delayed-Release Capsules, USP are available as: 20 mg size ‘4’ hard gelatin capsule having light blue cap and body, imprinted as ’20 mg’ on the body and ‘1109’ on the cap with black ink, containing off white to reddish brown colored pellets.

30 mg size ‘3’ hard gelatin capsule having blue cap and milky white body, imprinted as ’30 mg’ on the body with black ink and ‘1110’ on the cap with white ink, containing off white to reddish brown colored pellets.

60 mg size ‘1’ hard gelatin capsule having opaque blue cap and yellow body, imprinted as ’60 mg’ on the body and ‘1111’ on the cap with white ink, containing off white to reddish brown colored pellets.

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Although the exact mechanisms of the antidepressant, central pain inhibitory and anxiolytic actions of duloxetine in humans are unknown, these actions are believed to be related to its potentiation of serotonergic and noradrenergic activity in the CNS.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP are a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) indicated for: • Major Depressive Disorder (MDD) (1.1) • Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) (1.2) • Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathic Pain (DPNP) (1.3) • Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain (1.5) 1.1 Major Depressive Disorder Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP are indicated for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD).

The efficacy of duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP was established in four short-term and one maintenance trial in adults [see Clinical Studies (14.1)] .

A major depressive episode (DSM-IV) implies a prominent and relatively persistent (nearly every day for at least 2 weeks) depressed or dysphoric mood that usually interferes with daily functioning, and includes at least 5 of the following 9 symptoms: depressed mood, loss of interest in usual activities, significant change in weight and/or appetite, insomnia or hypersomnia, psychomotor agitation or retardation, increased fatigue, feelings of guilt or worthlessness, slowed thinking or impaired concentration, or a suicide attempt or suicidal ideation.

1.2 Generalized Anxiety Disorder Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP are indicated for the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD).

The efficacy of duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP was established in three short-term trials and one maintenance trial in adults [see Clinical Studies (14.2)] .

Generalized anxiety disorder is defined by the DSM-IV as excessive anxiety and worry, present more days than not, for at least 6 months.

The excessive anxiety and worry must be difficult to control and must cause significant distress or impairment in normal functioning.

It must be associated with at least 3 of the following 6 symptoms: restlessness or feeling keyed up or on edge, being easily fatigued, difficulty concentrating or mind going blank, irritability, muscle tension, and/or sleep disturbance.

1.3 Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathic Pain Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP are indicated for the management of neuropathic pain (DPNP) associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy [see Clinical Studies (14.3)] .

1.5 Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain Duloxetine delayed-release capsules, USP are indicated for the management of chronic musculoskeletal pain.

This has been established in studies in patients with chronic low back pain (CLBP) and chronic pain due to osteoarthritis [see Clinical Studies (14.5)] .

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness in the pediatric population has not been established [see Boxed Warning and Warnings and Precautions (5.1)] .

Decreased appetite and weight loss have been observed in association with the use of SSRIs and SNRIs.

Perform regular monitoring of weight and growth in children and adolescents treated with an SNRI such as duloxetine.

Duloxetine administration to young rats from post-natal day 21 (weaning) through post-natal day 90 (adult) resulted in decreased body weights that persisted into adulthood, but recovered when drug treatment was discontinued; slightly delayed (~1.5 days) sexual maturation in females, without any effect on fertility; and a delay in learning a complex task in adulthood, which was not observed after drug treatment was discontinued.

These effects were observed at the high dose of 45 mg/kg/day; the no-effect-level was 20 mg/kg/day.

Information describing two additional clinical studies performed by Eli Lilly and Company that failed to demonstrate pediatric efficacy is approved for Eli Lilly and Company’s Duloxetine Delayed-release Capsules.

However, due to Eli Lilly and Company’s marketing exclusivity rights, this drug product is not labeled with that pediatric information.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects, Pregnancy Category C — In animal reproduction studies, duloxetine has been shown to have adverse effects on embryo/fetal and postnatal development.

When duloxetine was administered orally to pregnant rats and rabbits during the period of organogenesis, there was no evidence of teratogenicity at doses up to 45 mg/kg/day (7 times the maximum recommended human dose [MRHD, 60 mg/day] and 4 times the human dose of 120 mg/day on a mg/m 2 basis, in rat; 15 times the MRHD and 7 times the human dose of 120 mg/day on a mg/m 2 basis in rabbit).

However, fetal weights were decreased at this dose, with a no-effect dose of 10 mg/kg/day (2 times the MRHD and ≈1 times the human dose of 120 mg/day on a mg/m 2 basis in rats; 3 times the MRHD and 2 times the human dose of 120 mg/day on a mg/m 2 basis in rabbits).

When duloxetine was administered orally to pregnant rats throughout gestation and lactation, the survival of pups to 1 day postpartum and pup body weights at birth and during the lactation period were decreased at a dose of 30 mg/kg/day (5 times the MRHD and 2 times the human dose of 120 mg/day on a mg/m 2 basis); the no-effect dose was 10 mg/kg/day.

Furthermore, behaviors consistent with increased reactivity, such as increased startle response to noise and decreased habituation of locomotor activity, were observed in pups following maternal exposure to 30 mg/kg/day.

Post-weaning growth and reproductive performance of the progeny were not affected adversely by maternal duloxetine treatment.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women; therefore, duloxetine should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

Nonteratogenic Effects — Neonates exposed to SSRIs or serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), late in the third trimester have developed complications requiring prolonged hospitalization, respiratory support, and tube feeding.

Such complications can arise immediately upon delivery.

Reported clinical findings have included respiratory distress, cyanosis, apnea, seizures, temperature instability, feeding difficulty, vomiting, hypoglycemia, hypotonia, hypertonia, hyperreflexia, tremor, jitteriness, irritability, and constant crying.

These features are consistent with either a direct toxic effect of SSRIs and SNRIs or, possibly, a drug discontinuation syndrome.

It should be noted that, in some cases, the clinical picture is consistent with serotonin syndrome [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)] .

When treating pregnant women with duloxetine during the third trimester, the physician should carefully consider the potential risks and benefits of treatment.

The physician may consider tapering duloxetine in the third trimester [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)] .

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Duloxetine is excreted into the milk of lactating women.

The estimated daily infant dose on a mg/kg basis is approximately 0.14% of the maternal dose.

Because the safety of duloxetine in infants is not known, nursing while on duloxetine is not recommended.

However, if the physician determines that the benefit of duloxetine therapy for the mother outweighs any potential risk to the infant, no dosage adjustment is required as lactation did not influence duloxetine pharmacokinetics.

The disposition of duloxetine was studied in 6 lactating women who were at least 12 weeks postpartum.

Duloxetine 40 mg twice daily was given for 3.5 days.

Like many other drugs, duloxetine is detected in breast milk, and steady state concentrations in breast milk are about one-fourth those in plasma.

The amount of duloxetine in breast milk is approximately 7 mcg/day while on 40 mg BID dosing.

The excretion of duloxetine metabolites into breast milk was not examined.

Because the safety of duloxetine in infants is not known, nursing while on duloxetine is not recommended [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)] .

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: SUICIDAL THOUGHTS AND BEHAVIORS WARNING: SUICIDAL THOUGHTS AND BEHAVIORS See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

• Increased risk of suicidal thinking and behavior in children, adolescents, and young adults taking antidepressants (5.1) • Monitor for worsening and emergence of suicidal thoughts and behaviors (5.1) • Duloxetine delayed-release capsules are not approved for use in pediatric patients (8.4) Antidepressants increased the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior in children, adolescents, and young adults in short-term studies.

These studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior with antidepressant use in patients over age 24; there was a reduction in risk with antidepressant use in patients aged 65 and older [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

In patients of all ages who are started on antidepressant therapy, monitor closely for worsening, and for emergence of suicidal thoughts and behaviors.

Advise families and caregivers of the need for close observation and communication with the prescriber [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules are not approved for use in pediatric patients [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4)].

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5.

WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS • Suicidality: Monitor for clinical worsening and suicide risk (5.1) • Hepatotoxicity: Hepatic failure, sometimes fatal, has been reported in patients treated with duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be discontinued in patients who develop jaundice or other evidence of clinically significant liver dysfunction and should not be resumed unless another cause can be established.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should not be prescribed to patients with substantial alcohol use or evidence of chronic liver disease (5.2) • Orthostatic Hypotension and Syncope: Cases have been reported with duloxetine therapy (5.3) • Serotonin Syndrome: Serotonin syndrome has been reported with SSRIs and SNRIs, including with duloxetine delayed-release capsules, both when taken alone, but especially when co-administered with other serotonergic agents (including triptans, tricyclic antidepressants, fentanyl, lithium, tramadol, tryptophan, buspirone and St.

John’s Wort).

If such symptoms occur, discontinue duloxetine and initiate supportive treatment.

If concomitant use of duloxetine delayed-release capsules with other serotonergic drugs is clinically warranted, patients should be made aware of a potential increased risk for serotonin syndrome, particularly during treatment initiation and dose increases (5.4) • Abnormal Bleeding: Duloxetine delayed-release capsules may increase the risk of bleeding events.

Patients should be cautioned about the risk of bleeding associated with the concomitant use of duloxetine and NSAIDs, aspirin, or other drugs that affect coagulation (5.5, 7.4) • Severe Skin Reactions: Severe skin reactions, including erythema multiforme and Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), can occur with duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be discontinued at the first appearance of blisters, peeling rash, mucosal erosions, or any other sign of hypersensitivity if no other etiology can be identified.

(5.6) • Discontinuation: May result in symptoms, including dizziness, headache, nausea, diarrhea, paresthesia, irritability, vomiting, insomnia, anxiety, hyperhidrosis, and fatigue (5.7) • Activation of mania or hypomania has occurred (5.8) • Seizures: Prescribe with care in patients with a history of seizure disorder (5.9) • Blood Pressure: Monitor blood pressure prior to initiating treatment and periodically throughout treatment (5.10) • Inhibitors of CYP1A2 or Thioridazine: Should not administer with duloxetine delayed-release capsules (5.11) • Hyponatremia: Cases of hyponatremia have been reported (5.12) • Hepatic Insufficiency and Severe Renal Impairment: Should ordinarily not be administered to these patients (5.13) • Controlled Narrow-Angle Glaucoma: Use cautiously in these patients (5.13) • Glucose Control in Diabetes: In diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain patients, small increases in fasting blood glucose, and HbA 1c have been observed (5.13) • Conditions that Slow Gastric Emptying: Use cautiously in these patients (5.13) • Urinary Hesitation and Retention (5.14) 5.1 Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors in Adolescents and Young Adults Patients with major depressive disorder (MDD), both adult and pediatric, may experience worsening of their depression and/or the emergence of suicidal ideation and behavior (suicidality) or unusual changes in behavior, whether or not they are taking antidepressant medications, and this risk may persist until significant remission occurs.

Suicide is a known risk of depression and certain other psychiatric disorders, and these disorders themselves are the strongest predictors of suicide.

There has been a long-standing concern, however, that antidepressants may have a role in inducing worsening of depression and the emergence of suicidality in certain patients during the early phases of treatment.

Pooled analyses of short-term placebo-controlled trials of antidepressant drugs (SSRIs and others) showed that these drugs increase the risk of suicidal thinking and behavior (suicidality) in children, adolescents, and young adults (ages 18-24) with major depressive disorder (MDD) and other psychiatric disorders.

Short-term studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidality with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults beyond age 24; there was a reduction with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults aged 65 and older.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescents with MDD, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 24 short-term trials of 9 antidepressant drugs in over 4400 patients.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in adults with MDD or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 295 short-term trials (median duration of 2 months) of 11 antidepressant drugs in over 77,000 patients.

There was considerable variation in risk of suicidality among drugs, but a tendency toward an increase in the younger patients for almost all drugs studied.

There were differences in absolute risk of suicidality across the different indications, with the highest incidence in MDD.

The risk of differences (drug vs placebo), however, were relatively stable within age strata and across indications.

These risk differences (drug-placebo difference in the number of cases of suicidality per 1000 patients treated) are provided in Table 1.

Table 1 Age Range Drug-Placebo Difference in Number of Cases of Suicidality per 1000 Patients Treated Increases Compared to Placebo <18 14 additional cases 18-24 5 additional cases Decreases Compared to Placebo 25-64 1 fewer case ≥65 6 fewer cases No suicides occurred in any of the pediatric trials.

There were suicides in the adult trials, but the number was not sufficient to reach any conclusion about drug effect on suicide.

It is unknown whether the suicidality risk extends to longer-term use, i.e., beyond several months.

However, there is substantial evidence from placebo-controlled maintenance trials in adults with depression that the use of antidepressants can delay the recurrence of depression.

All patients being treated with antidepressants for any indication should be monitored appropriately and observed closely for clinical worsening, suicidality, and unusual changes in behavior, especially during the initial few months of a course of drug therapy, or at times of dose changes, either increases or decreases.

The following symptoms, anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, and mania, have been reported in adult and pediatric patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder as well as for other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric.

Although a causal link between the emergence of such symptoms and either the worsening of depression and/or the emergence of suicidal impulses has not been established, there is concern that such symptoms may represent precursors to emerging suicidality.

Consideration should be given to changing the therapeutic regimen, including possibly discontinuing the medication, in patients whose depression is persistently worse, or who are experiencing emergent suicidality or symptoms that might be precursors to worsening depression or suicidality, especially if these symptoms are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

If the decision has been made to discontinue treatment, medication should be tapered, as rapidly as is feasible, but with recognition that discontinuation can be associated with certain symptoms [see Dosage and Administration (2.4) and Warnings and Precautions (5.7) for descriptions of the risks of discontinuation of duloxetine delayed-release capsules] .

Families and caregivers of patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder or other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric, should be alerted about the need to monitor patients for the emergence of agitation, irritability, unusual changes in behavior, and the other symptoms described above, as well as the emergence of suicidality, and to report such symptoms immediately to health care providers.

Such monitoring should include daily observation by families and caregivers.

Prescriptions for duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be written for the smallest quantity of capsules consistent with good patient management, in order to reduce the risk of overdose.

Screening Patients for Bipolar Disorder — A major depressive episode may be the initial presentation of bipolar disorder.

It is generally believed (though not established in controlled trials) that treating such an episode with an antidepressant alone may increase the likelihood of precipitation of a mixed/manic episode in patients at risk for bipolar disorder.

Whether any of the symptoms described above represent such a conversion is unknown.

However, prior to initiating treatment with an antidepressant, patients with depressive symptoms should be adequately screened to determine if they are at risk for bipolar disorder; such screening should include a detailed psychiatric history, including a family history of suicide, bipolar disorder, and depression.

It should be noted that duloxetine is not approved for use in treating bipolar depression.

5.2 Hepatotoxicity There have been reports of hepatic failure, sometimes fatal, in patients treated with duloxetine.

These cases have presented as hepatitis with abdominal pain, hepatomegaly, and elevation of transaminase levels to more than twenty times the upper limit of normal with or without jaundice, reflecting a mixed or hepatocellular pattern of liver injury.

Duloxetine should be discontinued in patients who develop jaundice or other evidence of clinically significant liver dysfunction and should not be resumed unless another cause can be established.

Cases of cholestatic jaundice with minimal elevation of transaminase levels have also been reported.

Other postmarketing reports indicate that elevated transaminases, bilirubin, and alkaline phosphatase have occurred in patients with chronic liver disease or cirrhosis.

Duloxetine increased the risk of elevation of serum transaminase levels in development program clinical trials.

Liver transaminase elevations resulted in the discontinuation of 0.3% (89/29,435) of duloxetine-treated patients.

In most patients, the median time to detection of the transaminase elevation was about two months.

In placebo-controlled trials in any indication, for patients with normal and abnormal baseline ALT values, elevation of ALT >3 times the upper limit of normal occurred in 1.37% (132/9611) of duloxetine-treated patients compared to 0.49% (35/7182) of placebo-treated patients.

In placebo-controlled studies using a fixed dose design, there was evidence of a dose response relationship for ALT and AST elevation of >3 times the upper limit of normal and >5 times the upper limit of normal, respectively.

Because it is possible that duloxetine and alcohol may interact to cause liver injury or that duloxetine may aggravate pre-existing liver disease, duloxetine delayed-release capsules should not be prescribed to patients with substantial alcohol use or evidence of chronic liver disease.

5.3 Orthostatic Hypotension and Syncope Orthostatic hypotension and syncope have been reported with therapeutic doses of duloxetine.

Syncope and orthostatic hypotension tend to occur within the first week of therapy but can occur at any time during duloxetine treatment, particularly after dose increases.

The risk of blood pressure decreases may be greater in patients taking concomitant medications that induce orthostatic hypotension (such as antihypertensives) or are potent CYP1A2 inhibitors [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12) and Drug Interactions (7.1)] and in patients taking duloxetine at doses above 60 mg daily.

Consideration should be given to discontinuing duloxetine in patients who experience symptomatic orthostatic hypotension and/or syncope during duloxetine therapy.

5.4 Serotonin Syndrome The development of a potentially life-threatening serotonin syndrome has been reported with SNRIs and SSRIs, including duloxetine, alone but particularly with concomitant use of other serotonergic drugs (including triptans, tricyclic antidepressants, fentanyl, lithium, tramadol, tryptophan, buspirone, and St.

John’s Wort) and with drugs that impair metabolism of serotonin (in particular, MAOIs, both those intended to treat psychiatric disorders and also others, such as linezolid and intravenous methylene blue).

Serotonin syndrome symptoms may include mental status changes (e.g., agitation, hallucinations, delirium, and coma), autonomic instability (e.g., tachycardia, labile blood pressure, dizziness, diaphoresis, flushing, hyperthermia), neuromuscular symptoms (e.g., tremor, rigidity, myoclonus, hyperreflexia, incoordination), seizures, and/or gastrointestinal symptoms (e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea).

Patients should be monitored for the emergence of serotonin syndrome.

The concomitant use of duloxetine with MAOIs intended to treat psyachiatric disorder is contraindicated.

Duloxetine should also not be started in a patient who is being treated with MAOIs such as linezolid or intravenous methylene blue.

All reports with methylene blue that provided information on the route of administration involved intravenous administration in the dose range of 1 mg/kg to 8 mg/kg.

No reports involved the administration of methylene blue by other routes (such as oral tablets or local tissue injection) or at lower doses.

There may be circumstances when it is necessary to initiate treatment with an MAOI such as linezolid or intravenous methylene blue in a patient taking duloxetine.

Duloxetine should be discontinued before initiating treatment with the MAOI [see Dosage and Administration (2.5, 2.6), and Contraindications (4.1)].

If concomitant use of duloxetine with other serotonergic drugs including triptans, tricyclic antidepressants, fentanyl, lithium, tramadol, buspirone, tryptophan and St.

John’s Wort is clinically warranted, patients should be made aware of a potential increased risk for serotonin syndrome, particularly during treatment initiation and dose increases.

Treatment with duloxetine and any concomitant serotonergic agents, should be discontinued immediately if the above events occur and supportive symptomatic treatment should be initiated.

5.5 Abnormal Bleeding SSRIs and SNRIs, including duloxetine, may increase the risk of bleeding events.

Concomitant use of aspirin, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, warfarin, and other anti-coagulants may add to this risk.

Case reports and epidemiological studies (case-control and cohort design) have demonstrated an association between use of drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and the occurrence of gastrointestinal bleeding.

Bleeding events related to SSRIs and SNRIs use have ranged from ecchymoses, hematomas, epistaxis, and petechiae to life-threatening hemorrhages.

Patients should be cautioned about the risk of bleeding associated with the concomitant use of duloxetine and NSAIDs, aspirin, or other drugs that affect coagulation.

5.6 Severe Skin Reactions Severe skin reactions, including erythema multiforme and Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), can occur with duloxetine.

The reporting rate of SJS associated with duloxetine use exceeds the general population background incidence rate for this serious skin reaction (1 to 2 cases per million person years).

The reporting rate is generally accepted to be an underestimate due to underreporting.

Duloxetine should be discontinued at the first appearance of blisters, peeling rash, mucosal erosions, or any other sign of hypersensitivity if no other etiology can be identified.

5.7 Discontinuation of Treatment with Duloxetine Delayed-Release Capsules Discontinuation symptoms have been systematically evaluated in patients taking duloxetine.

Following abrupt or tapered discontinuation in placebo-controlled clinical trials, the following symptoms occurred at 1% or greater and at a significantly higher rate in duloxetine-treated patients compared to those discontinuing from placebo: dizziness, headache, nausea, diarrhea, paresthesia, irritability, vomiting, insomnia, anxiety, hyperhidrosis, and fatigue.

During marketing of other SSRIs and SNRIs (serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors), there have been spontaneous reports of adverse events occurring upon discontinuation of these drugs, particularly when abrupt, including the following: dysphoric mood, irritability, agitation, dizziness, sensory disturbances (e.g., paresthesias such as electric shock sensations), anxiety, confusion, headache, lethargy, emotional lability, insomnia, hypomania, tinnitus, and seizures.

Although these events are generally self-limiting, some have been reported to be severe.

Patients should be monitored for these symptoms when discontinuing treatment with duloxetine.

A gradual reduction in the dose rather than abrupt cessation is recommended whenever possible.

If intolerable symptoms occur following a decrease in the dose or upon discontinuation of treatment, then resuming the previously prescribed dose may be considered.

Subsequently, the physician may continue decreasing the dose but at a more gradual rate [see Dosage and Administration (2.4)] .

5.8 Activation of Mania/Hypomania In placebo-controlled trials in patients with major depressive disorder, activation of mania or hypomania was reported in 0.1% (2/2489) of duloxetine-treated patients and 0.1% (1/1625) of placebo-treated patients.

No activation of mania or hypomania was reported in GAD, or chronic musculoskeletal pain placebo-controlled trials.

Activation of mania or hypomania has been reported in a small proportion of patients with mood disorders who were treated with other marketed drugs effective in the treatment of major depressive disorder.

As with these other agents, duloxetine should be used cautiously in patients with a history of mania.

5.9 Angle-Closure Glaucoma Angle-Closure Glaucoma — The pupillary dilation that occurs following use of many antidepressant drugs including duloxetine may trigger an angle closure attack in a patient with anatomically narrow angles who does not have a patent iridectomy.

5.10 Seizures Duloxetine has not been systematically evaluated in patients with a seizure disorder, and such patients were excluded from clinical studies.

In placebo-controlled clinical trials, seizures/convulsions occurred in 0.03% (3/10,524) of patients treated with duloxetine and 0.01% (1/7699) of patients treated with placebo.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be prescribed with care in patients with a history of a seizure disorder.

5.11 Effect on Blood Pressure In placebo-controlled clinical trials across indications from baseline to endpoint, duloxetine treatment was associated with mean increases of 0.5 mm Hg in systolic blood pressure and 0.8 mm Hg in diastolic blood pressure compared to mean decreases of 0.6 mm Hg systolic and 0.4 mm Hg diastolic in placebo-treated patients.

There was no significant difference in the frequency of sustained (3 consecutive visits) elevated blood pressure.

In a clinical pharmacology study designed to evaluate the effects of duloxetine on various parameters, including blood pressure at supratherapeutic doses with an accelerated dose titration, there was evidence of increases in supine blood pressure at doses up to 200 mg twice daily.

At the highest 200 mg twice daily dose, the increase in mean pulse rate was 5.0 to 6.8 beats and increases in mean blood pressure were 4.7 to 6.8 mm Hg (systolic) and 4.5 to 7 mm Hg (diastolic) up to 12 hours after dosing.

Blood pressure should be measured prior to initiating treatment and periodically measured throughout treatment [see Adverse Reactions (6.7)] .

5.12 Clinically Important Drug Interactions Both CYP1A2 and CYP2D6 are responsible for duloxetine metabolism.

Potential for Other Drugs to Affect Duloxetine CYP1A2 Inhibitors — Co-administration of duloxetine with potent CYP1A2 inhibitors should be avoided [see Drug Interactions (7.1)] .

CYP2D6 Inhibitors — Because CYP2D6 is involved in duloxetine metabolism, concomitant use of duloxetine with potent inhibitors of CYP2D6 would be expected to, and does, result in higher concentrations (on average of 60%) of duloxetine [see Drug Interactions (7.2)] .

Potential for Duloxetine to Affect Other Drugs Drugs Metabolized by CYP2D6 — Co-administration of duloxetine with drugs that are extensively metabolized by CYP2D6 and that have a narrow therapeutic index, including certain antidepressants (tricyclic antidepressants [TCAs], such as nortriptyline, amitriptyline, and imipramine), phenothiazines and Type 1C antiarrhythmics (e.g., propafenone, flecainide), should be approached with caution.

Plasma TCA concentrations may need to be monitored and the dose of the TCA may need to be reduced if a TCA is co-administered with duloxetine.

Because of the risk of serious ventricular arrhythmias and sudden death potentially associated with elevated plasma levels of thioridazine, duloxetine and thioridazine should not be co-administered [see Drug Interactions (7.9)] .

Other Clinically Important Drug Interactions Alcohol — Use of duloxetine concomitantly with heavy alcohol intake may be associated with severe liver injury.

For this reason, duloxetine delayed-release capsules should not be prescribed for patients with substantial alcohol use [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2) and Drug Interactions (7.15)] .

CNS Acting Drugs — Given the primary CNS effects of duloxetine, it should be used with caution when it is taken in combination with or substituted for other centrally acting drugs, including those with a similar mechanism of action [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12) and Drug Interactions (7.16)] .

5.13 Hyponatremia Hyponatremia may occur as a result of treatment with SSRIs and SNRIs, including duloxetine.

In many cases, this hyponatremia appears to be the result of the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion (SIADH).

Cases with serum sodium lower than 110 mmol/L have been reported and appeared to be reversible when duloxetine was discontinued.

Elderly patients may be at greater risk of developing hyponatremia with SSRIs and SNRIs.

Also, patients taking diuretics or who are otherwise volume depleted may be at greater risk [see Use in Specific Populations (8.5)] .

Discontinuation of duloxetine should be considered in patients with symptomatic hyponatremia and appropriate medical intervention should be instituted.

Signs and symptoms of hyponatremia include headache, difficulty concentrating, memory impairment, confusion, weakness, and unsteadiness, which may lead to falls.

More severe and/or acute cases have been associated with hallucination, syncope, seizure, coma, respiratory arrest, and death.

5.14 Use in Patients with Concomitant Illness Clinical experience with duloxetine in patients with concomitant systemic illnesses is limited.

There is no information on the effect that alterations in gastric motility may have on the stability of duloxetine’s enteric coating.

In extremely acidic conditions, duloxetine, unprotected by the enteric coating, may undergo hydrolysis to form naphthol.

Caution is advised in using duloxetine in patients with conditions that may slow gastric emptying (e.g., some diabetics).

Duloxetine has not been systematically evaluated in patients with a recent history of myocardial infarction or unstable coronary artery disease.

Patients with these diagnoses were generally excluded from clinical studies during the product’s premarketing testing.

Hepatic Insufficiency — Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should ordinarily not be used in patients with hepatic insufficiency [see Dosage and Administration (2.3), Warnings and Precautions (5.2), and Use in Specific Populations (8.9)] .

Severe Renal Impairment — Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should ordinarily not be used in patients with end-stage renal disease or severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance <30 mL/min).

Increased plasma concentration of duloxetine, and especially of its metabolites, occur in patients with end-stage renal disease (requiring dialysis) [see Dosage and Administration (2.3) and Use in Specific Populations (8.10)] .

Controlled Narrow-Angle Glaucoma — In clinical trials, duloxetine was associated with an increased risk of mydriasis; therefore, it should be used cautiously in patients with controlled narrow-angle glaucoma [see Contraindications (4.2)] .

Glycemic Control in Patients with Diabetes — As observed in DPNP trials, duloxetine treatment worsens glycemic control in some patients with diabetes.

In three clinical trials of duloxetine for the management of neuropathic pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy, the mean duration of diabetes was approximately 12 years, the mean baseline fasting blood glucose was 176 mg/dL, and the mean baseline hemoglobin A 1c (HbA 1c ) was 7.8%.

In the 12-week acute treatment phase of these studies, duloxetine was associated with a small increase in mean fasting blood glucose as compared to placebo.

In the extension phase of these studies, which lasted up to 52 weeks, mean fasting blood glucose increased by 12 mg/dL in the duloxetine group and decreased by 11.5 mg/dL in the routine care group.

HbA 1c increased by 0.5% in the duloxetine and by 0.2% in the routine care groups.

5.15 Urinary Hesitation and Retention Duloxetine is in a class of drugs known to affect urethral resistance.

If symptoms of urinary hesitation develop during treatment with duloxetine, consideration should be given to the possibility that they might be drug-related.

In post marketing experience, cases of urinary retention have been observed.

In some instances of urinary retention associated with duloxetine use, hospitalization and/or catheterization has been needed.

5.16 Laboratory Tests No specific laboratory tests are recommended.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17.

PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION See FDA-approved patient labeling (Medication Guide).

17.1 Information on Medication Guide Prescribers or other health professionals should inform patients, their families, and their caregivers about the benefits and risks associated with treatment with duloxetine delayed-release capsules and should counsel them in its appropriate use.

A patient Medication Guide is available for duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

The prescriber or health professional should instruct patients, their families, and their caregivers to read the Medication Guide before starting duloxetine delayed-release capsules and each time their prescription is renewed, and should assist them in understanding its contents.

Patients should be given the opportunity to discuss the contents of the Medication Guide and to obtain answers to any questions they may have.

The complete text of the Medication Guide is reprinted at the end of this document.

Patients should be advised of the following issues and asked to alert their prescriber if these occur while taking duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

17.2 Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors Patients, their families, and their caregivers should be encouraged to be alert to the emergence of anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, mania, other unusual changes in behavior, worsening of depression, and suicidal ideation, especially early during antidepressant treatment and when the dose is adjusted up or down.

Families and caregivers of patients should be advised to observe for the emergence of such symptoms on a day-to-day basis, since changes may be abrupt.

Such symptoms should be reported to the patient’s prescriber or health professional, especially if they are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

Symptoms such as these may be associated with an increased risk for suicidal thinking and behavior and indicate a need for very close monitoring and possibly changes in the medication [see Boxed Warning, and Warnings and Precautions (5.1)] .

17.3 Medication Administration Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be swallowed whole and should not be chewed or crushed, nor should the capsule be opened and its contents be sprinkled on food or mixed with liquids.

All of these might affect the enteric coating.

17.4 Continuing the Therapy Prescribed While patients may notice improvement with duloxetine delayed-release capsule therapy in 1 to 4 weeks, they should be advised to continue therapy as directed.

17.5 Hepatotoxicity Patients should be informed that severe liver problems, sometimes fatal, have been reported in patients treated with duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

Patients should be instructed to talk to their healthcare provider if they develop itching, right upper belly pain, dark urine, or yellow skin/eyes while taking duloxetine delayed-release capsules, which may be signs of liver problems.

Patients should talk to their healthcare provider about their alcohol consumption.

Use of duloxetine delayed-release capsules with heavy alcohol intake may be associated with severe liver injury [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)] .

17.6 Alcohol Although duloxetine delayed-release capsules do not increase the impairment of mental and motor skills caused by alcohol, use of duloxetine delayed-release capsules concomitantly with heavy alcohol intake may be associated with severe liver injury.

For this reason, duloxetine delayed-release capsules should ordinarily not be prescribed for patients with substantial alcohol use [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2) and Drug Interactions (7.15)] .

17.7 Orthostatic Hypotension and Syncope Patients should be advised of the risk of orthostatic hypotension and syncope, especially during the period of initial use and subsequent dose escalation, and in association with the use of concomitant drugs that might potentiate the orthostatic effect of duloxetine [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)] .

17.8 Serotonin Syndrome Patients should be cautioned about the risk of serotonin syndrome with the concomitant use of duloxetine delayed-release capsules and other serotonergic agents including triptans, tricyclic antidepressants, fentanyl, lithium, tramadol, buspirone, tryptophan and St.

John’s Wort [see Contraindications (4.1), Warnings and Precautions (5.4), and Drug Interactions (7.14)] .

Patients should be advised of the signs and symptoms associated with serotonin syndrome that may include mental status changes (e.g., agitation, hallucinations, delirium, and coma), autonomic instability (e.g., tachycardia, labile blood pressure, dizziness, diaphoresis, flushing, hyperthermia), neuromuscular changes (e.g., tremor, rigidity, myoclonus, hyperreflexia, incoordination), seizures, and/or gastrointestinal symptoms (e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea).

Patients should be cautioned to seek medical care immediately if they experience these symptoms.

17.9 Abnormal Bleeding Patients should be cautioned about the concomitant use of duloxetine and NSAIDs, aspirin, warfarin, or other drugs that affect coagulation since combined use of psychotropic drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and these agents has been associated with an increased risk of bleeding [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5)].

17.10 Severe Skin Reactions Patients should be cautioned that duloxetine delayed-release capsules may cause serious skin reactions.

This may need to be treated in a hospital and may be life-threatening.

Patients should be counseled to call their doctor right away or get emergency help if they have skin blisters, peeling rash, sores in their mouth, hives, or any other allergic reactions [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6)] .

17.11 Discontinuation of Treatment Patients should be instructed that discontinuation of duloxetine delayed-release capsules may be associated with symptoms such as dizziness, headache, nausea, diarrhea, paresthesia, irritability, vomiting, insomnia, anxiety, hyperhidrosis, and fatigue, and should be advised not to alter their dosing regimen, or stop taking duloxetine delayed-release capsules without consulting their physician [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7)] .

17.12 Activation of Mania or Hypomania Patients with depressive symptoms should be adequately screened for risk of bipolar disorder (e.g.

family history of suicide, bipolar disorder, and depression) prior to initiating treatment with duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

Patients should be advised to report any signs or symptoms of a manic reaction such as greatly increased energy, severe trouble sleeping, racing thoughts, reckless behavior, talking more or faster than usual, unusually grand ideas, and excessive happiness or irritability [see Warnings and Precautions (5.8)] .

17.13 Angle-Closure Glaucoma Patients should be advised that taking duloxetine delayed-release capsules can cause mild pupillary dilation, which in susceptible individuals, can lead to an episode of angle-closure glaucoma.

Pre-existing glaucoma is almost always open-angle glaucoma because angle-closure glaucoma, when diagnosed, can be treated definitively with iridectomy.

Open-angle glaucoma is not a risk factor for angle-closure glaucoma.

Patients may wish to be examined to determine whether they are susceptible to angle-closure, and have a prophylactic procedure (e.g., iridectomy), if they are susceptible.

[See Warnings and Precautions (5.9)] 17.14 Seizures Patients should be advised to inform their physician if they have a history of seizure disorder [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10)] .

17.15 Effects on Blood Pressure Patients should be cautioned that duloxetine delayed-release capsules may cause an increase in blood pressure [see Warnings and Precautions (5.11)] .

17.16 Concomitant Medications Patients should be advised to inform their physicians if they are taking, or plan to take, any prescription or over-the-counter medications, since there is a potential for interactions [see Dosage and Administration (2.5), Contraindications (4.1), Warnings and Precautions (5.4 and 5.12), and Drug Interactions (7)] .

17.17 Hyponatremia Patients should be advised that hyponatremia has been reported as a result of treatment with SNRIs and SSRIs, including duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

Patients should be advised of the signs and symptoms of hyponatremia [see Warnings and Precautions (5.13)].

17.18 Concomitant Illnesses Patients should be advised to inform their physicians about all of their medical conditions [see Warnings and Precautions (5.14)].

17.19 Urinary Hesitancy and Retention Duloxetine delayed-release capsules are in a class of medicines that may affect urination.

Patients should be instructed to consult with their healthcare provider if they develop any problems with urine flow [see Warnings and Precautions (5.15)] .

17.20 Pregnancy and Breast Feeding Patients should be advised to notify their physician if they • become pregnant during therapy • intend to become pregnant during therapy • are breast feeding [see Dosage and Administration (2.3) and Use in Specific Populations (8.1, 8.2, and 8.3)] .

17.21 Interference with Psychomotor Performance Any psychoactive drug may impair judgment, thinking, or motor skills.

Although in controlled studies duloxetine delayed-release capsules have not been shown to impair psychomotor performance, cognitive function, or memory, it may be associated with sedation and dizziness.

Therefore, patients should be cautioned about operating hazardous machinery including automobiles, until they are reasonably certain that duloxetine therapy does not affect their ability to engage in such activities.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2.

• Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should generally be administered once daily without regard to meals.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be swallowed whole and should not be chewed or crushed, nor should the capsule be opened and its contents be sprinkled on food or mixed with liquids (2) Indication Starting Dose Target Dose Maximum Dose MDD (2.1, 2.2) 40 mg/day to 60 mg/day Acute Treatment: 40 mg/day (20 mg twice daily) to 60 mg/day (once daily or as 30 mg twice daily); Maintenance Treatment: 60 mg/day 120 mg/day GAD (2.1) 60 mg/day 60 mg/day (once daily) 120 mg/day DPNP (2.1) 60 mg/day 60 mg/day (once daily) 60 mg/day • Some patients may benefit from starting at 30 mg once daily (2.1) • There is no evidence that doses greater than 60 mg/day confers additional benefit, while some adverse reactions were observed to be dose-dependent (2.1) • Discontinuing duloxetine delayed-release capsules: A gradual dose reduction is recommended to avoid discontinuation symptoms (2.4, 5.7) Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be swallowed whole and should not be chewed or crushed, nor should the capsule be opened and its contents sprinkled on food or mixed with liquids.

All of these might affect the enteric coating.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules can be given without regard to meals.

2.1 Initial Treatment Major Depressive Disorder — Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be administered at a total dose of 40 mg/day (given as 20 mg twice daily) to 60 mg/day (given either once daily or as 30 mg twice daily).

For some patients, it may be desirable to start at 30 mg once daily for 1 week, to allow patients to adjust to the medication before increasing to 60 mg once daily.

While a 120 mg/day dose was shown to be effective, there is no evidence that doses greater than 60 mg/day confer any additional benefits.

The safety of doses above 120 mg/day has not been adequately evaluated [see Clinical Studies (14.1)] .

Generalized Anxiety Disorder — For most patients, the recommended starting dose for duloxetine delayed-release capsules is 60 mg administered once daily.

For some patients, it may be desirable to start at 30 mg once daily for 1 week, to allow patients to adjust to the medication before increasing to 60 mg once daily.

While a 120 mg once daily dose was shown to be effective, there is no evidence that doses greater than 60 mg/day confer additional benefit.

Nevertheless, if a decision is made to increase the dose beyond 60 mg once daily, dose increases should be in increments of 30 mg once daily.

The safety of doses above 120 mg once daily has not been adequately evaluated [see Clinical Studies (14.2)] .

Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathic Pain — The recommended dose for duloxetine delayed-release capsules is 60 mg administered once daily.

There is no evidence that doses higher than 60 mg confer additional significant benefit and the higher dose is clearly less well tolerated [see Clinical Studies (14.3)] .

For patients for whom tolerability is a concern, a lower starting dose may be considered.

Since diabetes is frequently complicated by renal disease, a lower starting dose and gradual increase in dose should be considered for patients with renal impairment [see Dosage and Administration (2.3), Use in Specific Populations (8.10), and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] .

Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain — The recommended dose for duloxetine delayed-release capsules is 60 mg once daily.

Dosing may be started at 30 mg for one week, to allow patients to adjust to the medication before increasing to 60 mg once daily.

There is no evidence that higher doses confer additional benefit, even in patients who do not respond to a 60 mg dose, and higher doses are associated with a higher rate of adverse reactions [see Clinical Studies (14.5)] .

2.2 Maintenance/Continuation/Extended Treatment Major Depressive Disorder — It is generally agreed that acute episodes of major depression require several months or longer of sustained pharmacologic therapy.

Maintenance of efficacy in MDD was demonstrated with duloxetine delayed-release capsules as monotherapy.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be administered at a total dose of 60 mg once daily.

Patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the need for maintenance treatment and the appropriate dose for such treatment [see Clinical Studies (14.1)] .

Generalized Anxiety Disorder — It is generally agreed that episodes of generalized anxiety disorder require several months or longer of sustained pharmacological therapy.

Maintenance of efficacy in GAD was demonstrated with duloxetine delayed-release capsules as monotherapy.

Duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be administered in a dose range of 60-120 mg once daily.

Patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the continued need for maintenance treatment and the appropriate dose for such treatment [see Clinical Studies (14.2)].

Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathic Pain — As the progression of diabetic peripheral neuropathy is highly variable and management of pain is empirical, the effectiveness of duloxetine delayed-release capsules must be assessed individually.

Efficacy beyond 12 weeks has not been systematically studied in placebo-controlled trials.

Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain — The efficacy of duloxetine delayed-release capsules has not been established in placebo-controlled studies beyond 13 weeks.

2.3 Dosing in Special Populations Hepatic Insufficiency — It is recommended that duloxetine delayed-release capsules should ordinarily not be administered to patients with any hepatic insufficiency [see Warnings and Precautions (5.14) and Use in Specific Populations (8.9)] .

Severe Renal Impairment — Duloxetine delayed-release capsules are not recommended for patients with end-stage renal disease or severe renal impairment (estimated creatinine clearance <30 mL/min) [see Warnings and Precautions (5.14) and Use in Specific Populations (8.10)] .

Elderly Patients — No dose adjustment is recommended for elderly patients on the basis of age.

As with any drug, caution should be exercised in treating the elderly.

When individualizing the dosage in elderly patients, extra care should be taken when increasing the dose [see Use in Specific Populations (8.5)] .

Pregnant Women — There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women; therefore, duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1)] .

Nursing Mothers — Because the safety of duloxetine in infants is not known, nursing while on duloxetine delayed-release capsules is not recommended [see Use in Specific Populations (8.3)] .

2.4 Discontinuing Duloxetine Delayed-Release Capsules Symptoms associated with discontinuation of duloxetine delayed-release capsules and other SSRIs and SNRIs have been reported.

A gradual reduction in the dose rather than abrupt cessation is recommended whenever possible [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7)] .

2.5 Switching a Patient To or From a Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor (MAOI) Intended to Treat Psychiatric Disorders At least 14 days should elapse between discontinuation of an MAOI intended to treat psychiatric disorders and initiation of therapy with duloxetine delayed-release capsules.

Conversely, at least 5 days should be allowed after stopping duloxetine delayed-release capsules before starting an MAOI intended to treat psychiatric disorders [see Contraindications (4.1)].

2.6 Use of Duloxetine Delayed-Release Capsules with Other MAOIs such as Linezolid or Methylene Blue Do not start duloxetine delayed-release capsules in a patient who is being treated with linezolid or intravenous methylene blue because there is an increased risk of serotonin syndrome.

In a patient who requires more urgent treatment of a psychiatric condition, other interventions, including hospitalization, should be considered [see Contraindications (4.1)].

In some cases, a patient already receiving duloxetine delayed-release capsule therapy may require urgent treatment with linezolid or intravenous methylene blue.

If acceptable alternatives to linezolid or intravenous methylene blue treatment are not available and the potential benefits of linezolid or intravenous methylene blue treatment are judged to outweigh the risks of serotonin syndrome in a particular patient, duloxetine delayed-release capsules should be stopped promptly, and linezolid or intravenous methylene blue can be administered.

The patient should be monitored for symptoms of serotonin syndrome for 5 days or until 24 hours after the last dose of linezolid or intravenous methylene blue, whichever comes first.

Therapy with duloxetine delayed-release capsules may be resumed 24 hours after the last dose of linezolid or intravenous methylene blue [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].

The risk of administering methylene blue by non-intravenous routes (such as oral tablets or by local injection) or in intravenous doses much lower than 1 mg/kg with duloxetine delayed-release capsules is unclear.

The clinician should, nevertheless, be aware of the possibility of emergent symptoms of serotonin syndrome with such use [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)] .

ropinirole 0.25 MG (as ropinirole hydrochloride) Oral Tablet

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Inhibitors or inducers of CYP1A2: May alter the clearance of ropinirole tablets; dose adjustment of ropinirole tablets may be required.

( 7.1 , 12.3 ) Hormone replacement therapy (HRT): Starting or stopping HRT may require dose adjustment of ropinirole tablets.

( 7.2 , 12.3 ) Dopamine antagonists (e.g., neuroleptics, metoclopramide): May reduce efficacy of ropinirole tablets.

( 7.3 ) 7.1 CYP1A2 Inhibitors and Inducers In vitro metabolism studies showed that CYP1A2 is the major enzyme responsible for the metabolism of ropinirole.

There is thus the potential for inducers or inhibitors of this enzyme to alter the clearance of ropinirole.

Therefore, if therapy with a drug known to be a potent inducer or inhibitor of CYP1A2 is stopped or started during treatment with ropinirole tablets, adjustment of the dose of ropinirole tablets may be required.

Coadministration of ciprofloxacin, an inhibitor of CYP1A2, increases the AUC and C max of ropinirole [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

Cigarette smoking is expected to increase the clearance of ropinirole since CYP1A2 is known to be induced by smoking [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

7.2 Estrogens Population pharmacokinetic analysis revealed that higher doses of estrogens (usually associated with hormone replacement therapy [HRT]) reduced the clearance of ropinirole.

Starting or stopping HRT may require adjustment of dosage of ropinirole tablets [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

7.3 Dopamine Antagonists Because ropinirole is a dopamine agonist, it is possible that dopamine antagonists such as neuroleptics (e.g., phenothiazines, butyrophenones, thioxanthenes) or metoclopramide may reduce the efficacy of ropinirole tablets.

OVERDOSAGE

10 The symptoms of overdose with ropinirole tablets are related to its dopaminergic activity.

General supportive measures are recommended.

Vital signs should be maintained, if necessary.

In clinical trials, there have been patients who accidentally or intentionally took more than their prescribed dose of ropinirole.

The largest overdose reported with ropinirole in clinical trials was 435 mg taken over a 7-day period (62.1 mg/day).

Of patients who received a dose greater than 24 mg/day, reported symptoms included adverse events commonly reported during dopaminergic therapy (nausea, dizziness), as well as visual hallucinations, hyperhidrosis, claustrophobia, chorea, palpitations, asthenia, and nightmares.

Additional symptoms reported in cases of overdose included vomiting, increased coughing, fatigue, syncope, vasovagal syncope, dyskinesia, agitation, chest pain, orthostatic hypotension, somnolence, and confusional state.

DESCRIPTION

11 Ropinirole tablets, USP contains ropinirole, a non-ergoline dopamine agonist, as the hydrochloride salt.

The chemical name of ropinirole hydrochloride is 4-[2-(dipropylamino)ethyl]-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one and the empirical formula is C 16 H 24 N 2 O•HCl.

The molecular weight is 296.84 (260.38 as the free base).

The structural formula is: Ropinirole hydrochloride is a white to cream coloured crystalline powder with a melting range of 241° to 245°C.

It is soluble in water and methanol, very slightly soluble in ethyl alcohol.

Each irregular hexagonal shaped, film-coated tablet contains ropinirole hydrochloride equivalent to ropinirole, 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, or 5 mg.

Inactive ingredients consist of: croscarmellose sodium, lactose monohydrate, hypromellose, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose and one or more of the following: carmine, FD&C Blue No.

2 aluminum lake, iron oxide black, iron oxide yellow, iron oxide red, polyethylene glycol 400, titanium dioxide.

Ropinirole Tablets USP, 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg and 5 mg Meets USP Dissolution Test 2.

Image

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Parkinson’s Disease The effectiveness of ropinirole tablets in the treatment of Parkinson’s disease was evaluated in a multinational drug development program consisting of 11 randomized, controlled trials.

Four trials were conducted in patients with early Parkinson’s disease and no concomitant L-dopa and seven trials were conducted in patients with advanced Parkinson’s disease with concomitant L-dopa.

Three placebo-controlled trials provide evidence of effectiveness of ropinirole tablets in the management of patients with Parkinson’s disease who were and were not receiving concomitant L-dopa.

Two of these three trials enrolled patients with early Parkinson’s disease (without L-dopa) and one enrolled patients receiving L-dopa.

In these trials a variety of measures were used to assess the effects of treatment (e.g., the Unified Parkinson’s Disease Rating Scale [UPDRS], Clinical Global Impression [CGI] scores, patient diaries recording time “on” and “off,” tolerability of L-dopa dose reductions).

In both trials of patients with early Parkinson’s disease (without L-dopa), the motor component (Part III) of the UPDRS was the primary outcome assessment.

The UPDRS is a multi-item rating scale intended to evaluate mentation (Part I), activities of daily living (Part II), motor performance (Part III), and complications of therapy (Part IV).

Part III of the UPDRS contains 14 items designed to assess the severity of the cardinal motor findings in patients with Parkinson’s disease (e.g., tremor, rigidity, bradykinesia, postural instability) scored for different body regions and has a maximum (worst) score of 108.

In the trial of patients with advanced Parkinson’s disease (with L-dopa), both reduction in percent awake time spent “off” and the ability to reduce the daily use of L-dopa were assessed as a combined endpoint and individually.

Trials in Patients with Early Parkinson’s Disease (without L-dopa) Trial 1 was a 12-week multicenter trial in which 63 patients with idiopathic Parkinson’s disease receiving concomitant anti-Parkinson medication (but not L-dopa) were enrolled and 41 were randomized to ropinirole tablets and 22 to placebo.

Patients had a mean disease duration of approximately 2 years.

Patients were eligible for enrollment if they presented with bradykinesia and at least tremor, rigidity, or postural instability.

In addition, they must have been classified as Hoehn & Yahr Stage I-IV.

This scale, ranging from I = unilateral involvement with minimal impairment to V = confined to wheelchair or bed, is a standard instrument used for staging patients with Parkinson’s disease.

The primary outcome measure in this trial was the proportion of patients experiencing a decrease (compared with baseline) of at least 30% in the UPDRS motor score.

Patients were titrated for up to 10 weeks, starting at 0.5 mg twice daily, with weekly increments of 0.5 mg twice daily to a maximum of 5 mg twice daily.

Once patients reached their maximally tolerated dose (or 5 mg twice daily), they were maintained on that dose through 12 weeks.

The mean dose achieved by patients at trial endpoint was 7.4 mg/day.

Mean baseline UPDRS motor score was 18.6 for patients treated with ropinirole tablets and 19.9 for patients treated with placebo.

At the end of 12 weeks, the percentage of responders was greater on ropinirole tablets than on placebo and the difference was statistically significant (Table 6).

Table 6.

Percent Responders for UPDRS Motor Score in Trial 1 (Intent-to-Treat Population) % Responders Difference from Placebo Placebo 41% NA Ropinirole tablets 71% 30% Trial 2 in patients with early Parkinson’s disease (without L-dopa) was a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, 6-month trial.

In this trial, 241 patients were enrolled and 116 were randomized to ropinirole tablets and 125 to placebo.

Patients were essentially similar to those in the trial described above; concomitant use of selegiline was allowed, but patients were not permitted to use anticholinergics or amantadine during the trial.

Patients had a mean disease duration of 2 years and limited (not more than a 6-week period) or no prior exposure to L-dopa.

The starting dosage of ropinirole tablets in this trial was 0.25 mg three times daily.

The dosage was titrated at weekly intervals by increments of 0.25 mg three times daily to a dosage of 1 mg three times daily.

Further titrations at weekly intervals were at increments of 0.5 mg three times daily up to a dosage of 3 mg three times daily, and then weekly at increments of 1 mg three times daily.

Patients were to be titrated to a dosage of at least 1.5 mg three times daily and then to their maximally tolerated dosage, up to a maximum of 8 mg three times daily.

The mean dose attained in patients at trial endpoint was 15.7 mg/day.

The primary measure of effectiveness was the mean percent reduction (improvement) from baseline in the UPDRS motor score.

At the end of the 6-month trial, patients treated with ropinirole tablets showed improvement in motor score compared with placebo and the difference was statistically significant (Table 7).

Table 7.

Mean Percentage Change from Baseline in UPDRS Motor Score at End of Treatment in Trial 2 (Intent-to-Treat Population) Treatment Baseline UPDRS Motor Score Mean Change from Baseline Difference from Placebo Placebo 17.7 +4% NA Ropinirole tablets 17.9 -22% -26% Trial in Patients with Advanced Parkinson’s Disease (with L-dopa) Trial 3 was a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, 6-month trial that randomized 149 patients (Hoehn & Yahr II-IV) who were not adequately controlled on L-dopa.

Ninety-five patients were randomized to ropinirole tablets and 54 were randomized to placebo.

Patients in this trial had a mean disease duration of approximately 9 years, had been exposed to L-dopa for approximately 7 years, and had experienced “on-off” periods with L-dopa therapy.

Patients previously receiving stable doses of selegiline, amantadine, and/or anticholinergic agents could continue on these agents during the trial.

Patients were started at a dosage of 0.25 mg three times daily of ropinirole tablets and titrated upward by weekly intervals until an optimal therapeutic response was achieved.

The maximum dosage of trial medication was 8 mg three times daily.

All patients had to be titrated to at least a dosage of 2.5 mg three times daily.

Patients could then be maintained on this dosage level or higher for the remainder of the trial.

Once a dosage of 2.5 mg three times daily was achieved, patients underwent a mandatory reduction in their L-dopa dosage, to be followed by additional mandatory reductions with continued escalation of the dosage of ropinirole tablets.

Reductions in the dosage of L-dopa were also allowed if patients experienced adverse reactions that the investigator considered related to dopaminergic therapy.

The mean dose attained at trial endpoint was 16.3 mg/day.

The primary outcome was the proportion of responders, defined as patients who were able both to achieve a decrease (compared with baseline) of at least 20% in their L-dopa dosage and a decrease of at least 20% in the proportion of the time awake in the “off” condition (a period of time during the day when patients are particularly immobile), as determined by subject diary.

In addition, the mean change in “off” time from baseline and the percent change from baseline in daily L-dopa dosage were examined.

At the end of 6 months, the percentage of responders was greater on ropinirole tablets than on placebo and the difference was statistically significant (Table 8).

Based on the protocol-mandated reductions in L-dopa dosage with escalating doses of ropinirole tablets, patients treated with ropinirole tablets had a 19.4% mean reduction in L-dopa dosage while patients treated with placebo had a 3% reduction.

Mean daily L-dopa dosage at baseline was 759 mg for patients treated with ropinirole tablets and 843 mg for patients treated with placebo.

The mean number of daily “off” hours at baseline was 6.4 hours for patients treated with ropinirole tablets and 7.3 hours for patients treated with placebo.

At the end of the 6-month trial, there was a mean reduction of 1.5 hours of “off” time in patients treated with ropinirole tablets and a mean reduction of 0.9 hours of “off” time in patients treated with placebo, resulting in a treatment difference of 0.6 hours of “off” time.

Table 8.

Mean Responder Percentage of Patients Reducing Daily L-Dopa Dosage by at Least 20% and Daily Proportion of “Off” Time by at Least 20% at End of Treatment in Trial 3 (Intent-to-Treat Population) Treatment % Responders Difference from Placebo Placebo 11% NA Ropinirole tablets 28% 17% 14.2 Restless Legs Syndrome The effectiveness of ropinirole tablets in the treatment of RLS was demonstrated in randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials in adults diagnosed with RLS using the International Restless Legs Syndrome Study Group diagnostic criteria.

Patients were required to have a history of a minimum of 15 RLS episodes/month during the previous month and a total score of ≥15 on the International RLS Rating Scale (IRLS scale) at baseline.

Patients with RLS secondary to other conditions (e.g., pregnancy, renal failure, anemia) were excluded.

All trials employed flexible dosing, with patients initiating therapy at 0.25 mg ropinirole tablets once daily.

Patients were titrated based on clinical response and tolerability over 7 weeks to a maximum of 4 mg once daily.

All doses were taken between 1 and 3 hours before bedtime.

A variety of measures were used to assess the effects of treatment, including the IRLS scale and Clinical Global Impression-Global Improvement (CGI-I) scores.

The IRLS scale contains 10 items designed to assess the severity of sensory and motor symptoms, sleep disturbance, daytime somnolence, and impact on activities of daily living and mood associated with RLS.

The range of scores is 0 to 40, with 0 being absence of RLS symptoms and 40 the most severe symptoms.

Three of the controlled trials utilized the change from baseline in the IRLS scale at the Week 12 endpoint as the primary efficacy outcome.

Three hundred eighty patients were randomized to receive ropinirole tablets (n = 187) or placebo (n = 193) in a US trial (RLS-1); 284 were randomized to receive either ropinirole tablets (n = 146) or placebo (n = 138) in a multinational trial (excluding US) (RLS-2); and 267 patients were randomized to ropinirole tablets (n = 131) or placebo (n = 136) in a multinational trial (including US) (RLS-3).

Across the three trials, the mean duration of RLS was 16 to 22 years (range: 0 to 65 years), mean age was approximately 54 years (range: 18 to 79 years), and approximately 61% were women.

The mean dose at Week 12 was approximately 2 mg/day for the three trials.

At baseline, mean total IRLS score was 22 for ropinirole tablets and 21.6 for placebo in RLS-1, was 24.4 for ropinirole tablets and 25.2 for placebo in RLS-2, and was 23.6 for ropinirole tablets and 24.8 for placebo in RLS-3.

In all three trials, a statistically significant difference between the treatment group receiving ropinirole tablets and the treatment group receiving placebo was observed at Week 12 for both the mean change from baseline in the IRLS scale total score and the percentage of patients rated as responders (much improved or very much improved) on the CGI-I (see Table 9).

Table 9.

Mean Change in Total IRLS Score and Percent Responders on CGI-I Ropinirole Tablets Placebo Difference from Placebo Mean change in total IRLS score at Week 12 RLS-1 -13.5 -9.8 -3.7 RLS-2 -11.0 -8.0 -3.0 RLS-3 -11.2 -8.7 -2.5 Percent responders on CGI-I at Week 12 RLS-1 73.3% 56.5% 16.8% RLS-2 53.4% 40.9% 12.5% RLS-3 59.5% 39.6% 19.9% Long-term maintenance of efficacy in the treatment of RLS was demonstrated in a 36-week trial.

Following a 24-week, single-blind treatment phase (flexible dosages of ropinirole tablets of 0.25 to 4 mg once daily), patients who were responders (defined as a decrease of >6 points on the IRLS scale total score relative to baseline) were randomized in double-blind fashion to placebo or continuation of ropinirole tablets for an additional 12 weeks.

Relapse was defined as an increase of at least 6 points on the IRLS scale total score to a total score of at least 15, or withdrawal due to lack of efficacy.

For patients who were responders at Week 24, the mean dose of ropinirole tablets was 2 mg (range: 0.25 to 4 mg).

Patients continued on ropinirole tablets demonstrated a significantly lower relapse rate compared with patients randomized to placebo (32.6% versus 57.8%, P = 0.0156).

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Each irregular hexagonal shaped, film-coated Ropinirole Tablets, USP are available containing ropinirole hydrochloride equivalent to 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg or 5 mg of ropinirole.

0.25 mg: white tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “154” on the other side.

They are available as follows: NDC 64679-154-01 bottles of 30 tablets NDC 64679-154-02 bottle of 100 tablets NDC 64679-154-03 bottle of 500 tablets NDC 64679-154-04 unit dose package of 100 tablets 0.5 mg: yellow tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “155” on the other side.

They are available as follows: NDC 64679-155-01 bottles of 30 tablets NDC 64679-155-02 bottle of 100 tablets NDC 64679-155-03 bottle of 500 tablets NDC 64679-155-04 unit dose package of 100 tablets 1 mg: green tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “171” on the other side.

They are available as follows: NDC 64679-171-01 bottles of 30 tablets NDC 64679-171-02 bottle of 100 tablets NDC 64679-171-03 bottle of 500 tablets NDC 64679-171-04 unit dose package of 100 tablets 2 mg: pale yellowish pink tablets, debossed with “W” on one side and “172” on the other side.

They are available as follows: NDC 64679-172-01 bottles of 30 tablets NDC 64679-172-02 bottle of 100 tablets NDC 64679-172-03 bottle of 500 tablets NDC 64679-172-04 unit dose package of 100 tablets 3 mg: purple tablets, debossed with “W” on one side and “174” on the other side.

They are available as follows: NDC 64679-174-01 bottles of 30 tablets NDC 64679-174-02 bottle of 100 tablets NDC 64679-174-03 bottle of 500 tablets NDC 64679-174-04 unit dose package of 100 tablets 4 mg: brown tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “175” on the other side.

They are available as follows: NDC 64679-175-01 bottles of 30 tablets NDC 64679-175-02 bottle of 100 tablets NDC 64679-175-03 bottle of 500 tablets NDC 64679-175-04 unit dose package of 100 tablets 5 mg: blue tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “177” on the other side.

They are available as follows: NDC 64679-177-01 bottles of 30 tablets NDC 64679-177-02 bottle of 100 tablets NDC 64679-177-03 bottle of 500 tablets NDC 64679-177-04 unit dose package of 100 tablets Storage Store at 20°-25°C (68°-77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Protect from light and moisture.

Close container tightly after each use.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Dosage and Administration ( 2.3 ) 9/2016 Warnings and Precautions ( 5.7 , 5.9 ) 9/2016

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Dose adjustment is not necessary in elderly (65 years and older) patients, as the dose of ropinirole tablets is individually titrated to clinical therapeutic response and tolerability .

Pharmacokinetic trials conducted in patients demonstrated that oral clearance of ropinirole is reduced by 15% in patients older than 65 years compared with younger patients [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

In flexible-dose clinical trials of extended-release ropinirole for Parkinson’s disease, 387 patients were 65 years and older and 107 patients were 75 years and older.

Among patients receiving extended-release ropinirole, hallucination was more common in elderly patients (10%) compared with non-elderly patients (2%).

In these trials, the incidence of overall adverse reactions increased with increasing age for both patients receiving extended-release ropinirole and placebo.

In the fixed-dose clinical trials of extended-release ropinirole, 176 patients were 65 years and older and 73 were 75 and older.

Among patients with advanced Parkinson’s disease receiving extended-release ropinirole, vomiting and nausea were more common in patients greater than 65 years (5% and 9%, respectively) compared with patients less than 65 (1% and 7%, respectively).

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Ropinirole tablets, USP are available containing ropinirole hydrochloride equivalent to 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg or 5 mg of ropinirole.

0.25 mg: white tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “154” on the other side.

0.5 mg: yellow tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “155” on the other side.

1 mg: green tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “171” on the other side.

2 mg: pale yellowish pink tablets, debossed with “W” on one side and “172” on the other side.

3 mg: purple tablets, debossed with “W” on one side and “174” on the other side.

4 mg: brown tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “175” on the other side.

5 mg: blue tablets debossed with “W” on one side and “177” on the other side.

Tablets: 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, and 5 mg ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Ropinirole is a non-ergoline dopamine agonist.

The precise mechanism of action of ropinirole as a treatment for Parkinson’s disease is unknown, although it is thought to be related to its ability to stimulate dopamine D 2 receptors within the caudate-putamen in the brain.

The precise mechanism of action of ropinirole as a treatment for Restless Legs Syndrome is unknown, although it is thought to be related to its ability to stimulate dopamine receptors.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Ropinirole tablets, USP is a non-ergoline dopamine agonist indicated for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease (PD) and moderate-to-severe primary Restless Legs Syndrome (RLS).

( 1.1 , 1.2 ) 1.1 Parkinson’s Disease Ropinirole tablets, USP are indicated for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease.

1.2 Restless Legs Syndrome Ropinirole tablets, USP are indicated for the treatment of moderate-to-severe primary Restless Legs Syndrome (RLS).

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients have not been established.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Risk Summary There are no adequate data on the developmental risk associated with the use of ropinirole tablets in pregnant women.

In animal studies, ropinirole had adverse effects on development when administered to pregnant rats at doses similar to (neurobehavioral impairment) or greater than (teratogenicity and embryolethality at >36 times) the maximum recommended human dose (MRHD) for Parkinson’s disease.

Ropinirole doses associated with teratogenicity and embryolethality in pregnant rats were associated with maternal toxicity.

In pregnant rabbits, ropinirole potentiated the teratogenic effects of L-dopa when these drugs were administered in combination [see Data] .

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated background risk of major birth defects and of miscarriage in clinically recognized pregnancies is 2 to 4% and 15 to 20%, respectively.

The background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in the indicated populations is unknown.

Data Animal Data: Oral administration of ropinirole (0, 20, 60, 90, 120, or 150 mg/kg/day) to pregnant rats during organogenesis resulted in embryolethality, increased incidence of fetal malformations (digit, cardiovascular, and neural tube defects) and variations, and decreased fetal weight at the two highest doses.

These doses were also associated with maternal toxicity.

The highest no-effect dose for adverse effects on embryofetal development (90 mg/kg/day) is approximately 36 times the MRHD for Parkinson’s disease (24 mg/day) on a body surface area (mg/m 2 ) basis.

No effect on embryofetal development was observed in rabbits when ropinirole was administered alone during organogenesis at oral doses of 0, 1, 5, or 20 mg/kg/day (up to 16 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

In pregnant rabbits, there was a greater incidence and severity of fetal malformations (primarily digit defects) when ropinirole (10 mg/kg/day) was administered orally during gestation in combination with L-dopa (250 mg/kg/day) than when L-dopa was administered alone.

This drug combination was also associated with maternal toxicity.

Oral administration of ropinirole (0, 0.1, 1, or 10 mg/kg/day) to rats during late gestation and continuing throughout lactation resulted in neurobehavioral impairment (decreased startle response) and decreased body weight in offspring at the highest dose.

The no-effect dose of 1 mg/kg/day is less than the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Sudden onset of sleep and somnolence may occur ( 5.1 ) Syncope may occur ( 5.2 ) Hypotension, including orthostatic hypotension may occur ( 5.3 ) May cause hallucinations and psychotic-like behaviors ( 5.4 ) May cause or exacerbate dyskinesia ( 5.5 ) May cause problems with impulse control or compulsive behaviors ( 5.6 ) 5.1 Falling Asleep during Activities of Daily Living and Somnolence Patients treated with ropinirole tablets have reported falling asleep while engaged in activities of daily living, including driving or operating machinery, which sometimes resulted in accidents.

Although many of these patients reported somnolence while on ropinirole tablets, some perceived that they had no warning signs, such as excessive drowsiness, and believed that they were alert immediately prior to the event.

Some have reported these events more than 1 year after initiation of treatment.

In controlled clinical trials, somnolence was commonly reported in patients receiving ropinirole tablets and was more frequent in Parkinson’s disease (up to 40% ropinirole tablets, 6% placebo) than in Restless Legs Syndrome (12% ropinirole tablets, 6% placebo) [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) ] .

It has been reported that falling asleep while engaged in activities of daily living usually occurs in a setting of pre-existing somnolence, although patients may not give such a history.

For this reason, prescribers should reassess patients for drowsiness or sleepiness, especially since some of the events occur well after the start of treatment.

Prescribers should also be aware that patients may not acknowledge drowsiness or sleepiness until directly questioned about drowsiness or sleepiness during specific activities.

Before initiating treatment with ropinirole tablets, patients should be advised of the potential to develop drowsiness and specifically asked about factors that may increase the risk with ropinirole tablets such as concomitant sedating medications or alcohol, the presence of sleep disorders (other than RLS), and concomitant medications that increase ropinirole plasma levels (e.g., ciprofloxacin) [see Drug Interactions (7.1) ] .

If a patient develops significant daytime sleepiness or episodes of falling asleep during activities that require active participation (e.g., driving a motor vehicle, conversations, eating), ropinirole tablets should ordinarily be discontinued [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 , 2.3 )] .

If a decision is made to continue ropinirole tablets, patients should be advised to not drive and to avoid other potentially dangerous activities.

There is insufficient information to establish that dose reduction will eliminate episodes of falling asleep while engaged in activities of daily living .

5.2 Syncope Syncope, sometimes associated with bradycardia, was observed in association with treatment with ropinirole tablets in both patients with Parkinson’s disease and patients with RLS.

In controlled clinical trials in patients with Parkinson’s disease, syncope was observed more frequently in patients receiving ropinirole tablets than in patients receiving placebo (early Parkinson’s disease without levodopa [L-dopa]: ropinirole tablets 12%, placebo 1%; advanced Parkinson’s disease: ropinirole tablets 3%, placebo 2%).

Syncope was reported in 1% of patients treated with ropinirole tablets for RLS in 12-week, placebo-controlled clinical trials compared with 0.2% of patients treated with placebo [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) ] .

Most cases occurred more than 4 weeks after initiation of therapy with ropinirole tablets, and were usually associated with a recent increase in dose.

Because the trials conducted with ropinirole tablets excluded patients with significant cardiovascular disease, patients with significant cardiovascular disease should be treated with caution.

Approximately 4% of patients with Parkinson’s disease enrolled in Phase 1 trials had syncope following a 1-mg dose of ropinirole tablets.

In two trials in patients with RLS that used a forced-titration regimen and orthostatic challenge with intensive blood pressure monitoring, 2% of RLS patients treated with ropinirole tablets compared with 0% of patients receiving placebo reported syncope.

In Phase 1 trials including healthy volunteers, the incidence of syncope was 2%.

Of note, 1 subject with syncope developed hypotension, bradycardia, and sinus arrest; the subject recovered spontaneously without intervention.

5.3 Hypotension/Orthostatic Hypotension Patients with Parkinson’s disease may have impaired ability to respond normally to a fall in blood pressure after standing from lying down or seated position.

Patients on ropinirole tablets should be monitored for signs and symptoms of orthostatic hypotension, especially during dose escalation, and should be informed of the risk for syncope and hypotension [ see Patient Counseling Information (17) ].

Although the clinical trials were not designed to systematically monitor blood pressure, there were individual reported cases of orthostatic hypotension in early Parkinson’s disease (without L-dopa) in patients treated with ropinirole tablets.

Most of these cases occurred more than 4 weeks after initiation of therapy with ropinirole tablets and were usually associated with a recent increase in dose.

In 12-week, placebo-controlled trials of patients with RLS, the adverse event orthostatic hypotension was reported by 4 of 496 patients (0.8%) treated with ropinirole tablets compared with 2 of 500 patients (0.4%) receiving placebo.

In two Phase 2 studies in patients with RLS, 14 of 55 patients (25%) receiving ropinirole tablets experienced an adverse event of hypotension or orthostatic hypotension compared with none of the 27 patients receiving placebo.

In these studies, 11 of the 55 patients (20%) receiving ropinirole tablets and 3 of the 26 patients (12%) who had post-dose blood pressure assessments following placebo, experienced an orthostatic blood pressure decrease of at least 40 mm Hg systolic and/or at least 20 mm Hg diastolic.

In Phase 1 trials of ropinirole tablets with healthy volunteers who received single doses on more than one occasion without titration, 7% had documented symptomatic orthostatic hypotension.

These episodes appeared mainly at doses above 0.8 mg and these doses are higher than the starting doses recommended for patients with either Parkinson’s disease or with RLS.

In most of these individuals, the hypotension was accompanied by bradycardia but did not develop into syncope [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2) ] .

Although dizziness is not a specific manifestation of hypotension or orthostatic hypotension, patients with hypotension or orthostatic hypotension frequently reported dizziness.

In controlled clinical trials, dizziness was a common adverse reaction in patients receiving ropinirole tablets and was more frequent in patients with Parkinson’s disease or with RLS receiving ropinirole tablets than in patients receiving placebo (early Parkinson’s disease without L-dopa: ropinirole tablets 40%, placebo 22%; advanced Parkinson’s disease: ropinirole tablets 26%, placebo 16%; RLS: ropinirole tablets 11%, placebo 5%).

Dizziness of sufficient severity to cause trial discontinuation of ropinirole tablets was 4% in patients with early Parkinson’s disease without L-dopa, 3% in patients with advanced Parkinson’s disease, and 1% in patients with RLS.

[See Adverse Reactions (6.1) .] 5.4 Hallucinations/Psychotic-like Behavior In double-blind, placebo-controlled, early-therapy trials in patients with Parkinson’s disease who were not treated with L-dopa, 5.2% (8 of 157) of patients treated with ropinirole tablets reported hallucinations, compared with 1.4% of patients on placebo (2 of 147).

Among those patients receiving both ropinirole tablets and L-dopa in advanced Parkinson’s disease studies, 10.1% (21 of 208) were reported to experience hallucinations, compared with 4.2% (5 of 120) of patients treated with placebo and L-dopa.

The incidence of hallucination was increased in elderly patients (i.e., older than 65 years) treated with extended-release ropinirole tablets [see Use in Specific Populations (8.5) ] .

Postmarketing reports indicate that patients may experience new or worsening mental status and behavioral changes, which may be severe, including psychotic-like behavior during treatment with ropinirole tablets or after starting or increasing the dose of ropinirole tablets.

Other drugs prescribed to improve the symptoms of Parkinson’s disease can have similar effects on thinking and behavior.

This abnormal thinking and behavior can consist of one or more of a variety of manifestations including paranoid ideation, delusions, hallucinations, confusion, psychotic-like behavior, disorientation, aggressive behavior, agitation, and delirium.

Patients with a major psychotic disorder should ordinarily not be treated with ropinirole tablets because of the risk of exacerbating the psychosis.

In addition, certain medications used to treat psychosis may exacerbate the symptoms of Parkinson’s disease and may decrease the effectiveness of ropinirole tablets [see Drug Interactions (7.3) ].

5.5 Dyskinesia Ropinirole tablets may cause or exacerbate pre-existing dyskinesia in patients treated with L-dopa for Parkinson’s disease.

In double-blind, placebo-controlled trials in advanced Parkinson’s disease, dyskinesia was much more common in patients treated with ropinirole tablets than in those treated with placebo.

Among those patients receiving both ropinirole tablets and L-dopa in advanced Parkinson’s disease trials, 34% were reported to experience dyskinesia, compared with 13% of patients treated with placebo [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) ] .

Decreasing the dose of dopaminergic medications may ameliorate this adverse reaction.

5.6 Impulse Control/Compulsive Behaviors Reports suggest that patients can experience intense urges to gamble, increased sexual urges, intense urges to spend money, binge or compulsive eating, and/or other intense urges, and the inability to control these urges while taking one or more of the medications, including ropinirole tablets, that increase central dopaminergic tone and that are generally used for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease and RLS.

In some cases, although not all, these urges were reported to have stopped when the dose was reduced or the medication was discontinued.

Because patients may not recognize these behaviors as abnormal, it is important for prescribers to specifically ask patients or their caregivers about the development of new or increased gambling urges, sexual urges, uncontrolled spending, binge or compulsive eating, or other urges while being treated with ropinirole tablets.

Physicians should consider dose reduction or stopping the medication if a patient develops such urges while taking ropinirole tablets.

5.7 Withdrawal-Emergent Hyperpyrexia and Confusion A symptom complex resembling the neuroleptic malignant syndrome (characterized by elevated temperature, muscular rigidity, altered consciousness, and autonomic instability), with no other obvious etiology, has been reported in association with rapid dose reduction of, withdrawal of, or changes in, dopaminergic therapy.

It is recommended that the dose be tapered at the end of treatment with ropinirole tablets as a prophylactic measure [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 , 2.3 )] .

5.8 Melanoma Epidemiological studies have shown that patients with Parkinson’s disease have a higher risk (2- to approximately 6-fold higher) of developing melanoma than the general population.

Whether the increased risk observed was due to Parkinson’s disease or other factors, such as drugs used to treat Parkinson’s disease, is unclear.

For the reasons stated above, patients and providers are advised to monitor for melanomas frequently and on a regular basis when using ropinirole tablets for any indication.

Ideally, periodic skin examinations should be performed by appropriately qualified individuals (e.g., dermatologists).

5.9 Augmentation and Early-Morning Rebound in Restless Legs Syndrome Augmentation is a phenomenon in which dopaminergic medication causes a worsening of symptom severity above and beyond the level at the time the medication was started.

The symptoms of augmentation may include the earlier onset of symptoms in the evening (or even the afternoon), increase in symptoms, and spread of symptoms to involve other extremities.

Augmentation has been described during therapy for RLS.

Rebound refers to new onset of symptoms in the early morning hours.

Augmentation and/or early-morning rebound have been observed in a postmarketing trial of ropinirole tablets.

If augmentation or early-morning rebound occurs, the use of ropinirole tablets should be reviewed and dosage adjustment or discontinuation of treatment should be considered.

When discontinuing ropinirole tablets in patients with RLS, gradual reduction of the daily dose is recommended whenever possible [ see Dosage and Administration (2.3) ].

5.10 Fibrotic Complications Cases of retroperitoneal fibrosis, pulmonary infiltrates, pleural effusion, pleural thickening, pericarditis, and cardiac valvulopathy have been reported in some patients treated with ergot-derived dopaminergic agents.

While these complications may resolve when the drug is discontinued, complete resolution does not always occur.

Although these adverse reactions are believed to be related to the ergoline structure of these compounds, whether other, non-ergot-derived dopamine agonists such as ropinirole can cause them is unknown.

Cases of possible fibrotic complications, including pleural effusion, pleural fibrosis, interstitial lung disease, and cardiac valvulopathy have been reported in the development program and postmarketing experience for ropinirole.

While the evidence is not sufficient to establish a causal relationship between ropinirole and these fibrotic complications, a contribution of ropinirole cannot be excluded.

5.11 Retinal Pathology Retinal degeneration was observed in albino rats in the 2-year carcinogenicity study at all doses tested.

The lowest dose tested (1.5 mg/kg/day) is less than the maximum recommended human dose (MRHD) for Parkinson’s disease (24 mg/day) on a mg/m 2 basis.

Retinal degeneration was not observed in a 3-month study in pigmented rats, in a 2-year carcinogenicity study in albino mice, or in 1-year studies in monkeys or albino rats.

The significance of this effect for humans has not been established, but involves disruption of a mechanism that is universally present in vertebrates (e.g., disk shedding).

Ocular electroretinogram (ERG) assessments were conducted during a 2-year, double-blind, multicenter, flexible dose, L-dopa–controlled clinical trial of ropinirole in patients with Parkinson’s disease; 156 patients (78 on ropinirole, mean dose: 11.9 mg/day, and 78 on L-dopa, mean dose: 555.2 mg/day) were evaluated for evidence of retinal dysfunction through electroretinograms.

There was no clinically meaningful difference between the treatment groups in retinal function over the duration of the trial.

5.12 Binding to Melanin Ropinirole binds to melanin-containing tissues (e.g., eyes, skin) in pigmented rats.

After a single dose, long-term retention of drug was demonstrated, with a half-life in the eye of 20 days.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Patient Information).

Dosing Instructions Instruct patients to take ropinirole tablets only as prescribed.

If a dose is missed, advise patients not to double their next dose.

Ropinirole tablets can be taken with or without food [see Dosage and Administration (2.1) ] .

Ropinirole is the active ingredient in both ropinirole extended-release tablets and ropinirole tablets (the immediate-release formulation).

Ask your patients if they are taking another medication containing ropinirole.

Hypersensitivity/Allergic Reactions Advise patients about the potential for developing a hypersensitivity/allergic reaction including manifestations such as urticaria, angioedema, rash, and pruritus when taking any ropinirole product.

Inform patients who experience these or similar reactions to immediately contact their healthcare professional [see Contraindications (4) ] .

Falling Asleep during Activities of Daily Living and Somnolence Alert patients to the potential sedating effects caused by ropinirole tablets, including somnolence and the possibility of falling asleep while engaged in activities of daily living.

Because somnolence is a frequent adverse reaction with potentially serious consequences, patients should not drive a car, operate machinery, or engage in other potentially dangerous activities until they have gained sufficient experience with ropinirole tablets to gauge whether or not it adversely affects their mental and/or motor performance.

Advise patients that if increased somnolence or episodes of falling asleep during activities of daily living (e.g., conversations, eating, driving a motor vehicle, etc.) are experienced at any time during treatment, they should not drive or participate in potentially dangerous activities until they have contacted their physician.

Advise patients of possible additive effects when patients are taking other sedating medications, alcohol, or other central nervous system depressants (e.g., benzodiazepines, antipsychotics, antidepressants, etc.) in combination with ropinirole tablets or when taking a concomitant medication (e.g., ciprofloxacin) that increases plasma levels of ropinirole [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ] .

Syncope and Hypotension/Orthostatic Hypotension Advise patients that they may experience syncope and may develop hypotension with or without symptoms such as dizziness, nausea, syncope, and sometimes sweating while taking ropinirole tablets, especially if they are elderly.

Hypotension and/or orthostatic symptoms may occur more frequently during initial therapy or with an increase in dose at any time (cases have been seen after weeks of treatment).

Postural/orthostatic symptoms may be related to sitting up or standing.

Accordingly, caution patients against standing rapidly after sitting or lying down, especially if they have been doing so for prolonged periods and especially at the initiation of treatment with ropinirole tablets [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 , 5.3 )] .

Hallucinations/Psychotic-like Behavior Inform patients that they may experience hallucinations (unreal visions, sounds, or sensations), and that other psychotic-like behavior can occur while taking ropinirole tablets.

The elderly are at greater risk than younger patients with Parkinson’s disease.

This risk is greater in patients who are taking ropinirole tablets with L-dopa or taking higher doses of ropinirole tablets and may also be further increased in patients taking any other drugs that increase dopaminergic tone.

Tell patients to report hallucinations or psychotic-like behavior to their healthcare provider promptly should they develop [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4) ].

Dyskinesia Inform patients that ropinirole tablets may cause and/or exacerbate pre-existing dyskinesias [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5) ] .

Impulse Control/Compulsive Behaviors Advise patients that they may experience impulse control and/or compulsive behaviors while taking 1 or more of the medications (including ropinirole tablets) that increase central dopaminergic tone, that are generally used for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease.

Advise patients to inform their physician or healthcare provider if they develop new or increased gambling urges, sexual urges, uncontrolled spending, binge or compulsive eating, or other urges while being treated with ropinirole tablets.

Physicians should consider dose reduction or stopping the medication if a patient develops such urges while taking ropinirole tablets [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6) ] .

Withdrawal-Emergent Hyperpyrexia and Confusion Advise patients to contact their healthcare provider if they wish to discontinue ropinirole tablets or decrease the dose of ropinirole tablets [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7) ] .

Melanoma Advise patients with Parkinson’s disease that they have a higher risk of developing melanoma.

Advise patients to have their skin examined on a regular basis by a qualified healthcare provider (e.g., dermatologist) when using ropinirole tablets for any indication [see Warnings and Precautions (5.8) ] .

Augmentation and Rebound Inform patients with RLS that augmentation and/or rebound may occur after starting treatment with ropinirole tablets [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9) ] .

Nursing Mothers Because of the possibility that ropinirole may be excreted in breast milk, discuss the developmental and health benefits of breastfeeding along with the mother’s clinical need for ropinirole tablets and any potential adverse effects on the breastfed child from ropinirole or from the underlying maternal condition [see Use in Specific Populations (8.2) ] .

Advise patients that ropinirole tablets could inhibit lactation because ropinirole inhibits prolactin secretion.

Pregnancy Because experience with ropinirole in pregnant women is limited and ropinirole has been shown to have adverse effects on embryofetal development in animals, including teratogenic effects, advise patients of this potential risk.

Advise patients to notify their physician if they become pregnant or intend to become pregnant during therapy [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1) ] .

Manufactured by: Wockhardt Limited H-14/2, M.I.D.C.

Area, Waluj, Aurangabad, Maharashtra, India.

Distributed by: Wockhardt USA LLC.

20 Waterview Blvd.

Parsippany, NJ 07054 USA.

Rev.081117

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Ropinirole tablets, USP can be taken with or without food.

( 2.1 ) Retitration of ropinirole tablets, USP may be warranted if therapy is interrupted.

( 2.1 ) Parkinson’s Disease: The recommended starting dose is 0.25 mg taken three times daily; titrate to a maximum daily dose of 24 mg.

( 2.2 ) Renal Impairment: The maximum recommended dose is 18 mg/day in patients with end-stage renal disease on hemodialysis.

( 2.2 ) Restless Legs Syndrome: The recommended starting dose is 0.25 mg once daily, 1 to 3 hours before bedtime, titrate to a maximum recommended dose of 4 mg daily.

( 2.3 ) Renal Impairment: The maximum recommended dose is 3 mg/day in patients with end-stage renal disease on hemodialysis.

( 2.3 ) 2.1 General Dosing Recommendations Ropinirole tablets, USP can be taken with or without food [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

If a significant interruption in therapy with ropinirole tablets, USP has occurred, retitration of therapy may be warranted.

2.2 Dosing for Parkinson’s Disease The recommended starting dose of ropinirole tablets, USP for Parkinson’s disease is 0.25 mg three times daily.

Based on individual patient therapeutic response and tolerability, if necessary, the dose should then be titrated with weekly increments as described in Table 1.

After Week 4, if necessary, the daily dose may be increased by 1.5 mg/day on a weekly basis up to a dose of 9 mg/day, and then by up to 3 mg/day weekly up to a maximum recommended total daily dose of 24 mg/day (8 mg three times daily).

Doses greater than 24 mg/day have not been tested in clinical trials.

Table 1.

Ascending-Dose Schedule of Ropinirole Tablets, USP for Parkinson’s Disease Week Dosage Total Daily Dose 1 0.25 mg 3 times daily 0.75 mg 2 0.5 mg 3 times daily 1.5 mg 3 0.75 mg 3 times daily 2.25 m 4 1 mg 3 times daily 3 mg Ropinirole tablets, USP should be discontinued gradually over a 7-day period in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

The frequency of administration should be reduced from three times daily to twice daily for 4 days.

For the remaining 3 days, the frequency should be reduced to once daily prior to complete withdrawal of ropinirole tablets, USP.

Renal Impairment No dose adjustment is necessary in patients with moderate renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 30 to 50 mL/min).

The recommended initial dose of ropinirole for patients with end-stage renal disease on hemodialysis is 0.25 mg three times a day.

Further dose escalations should be based on tolerability and need for efficacy.

The recommended maximum total daily dose is 18 mg/day in patients receiving regular dialysis.

Supplemental doses after dialysis are not required.

The use of ropinirole tablets, USP in patients with severe renal impairment without regular dialysis has not been studied.

2.3 Dosing for Restless Legs Syndrome The recommended adult starting dose for RLS is 0.25 mg once daily 1 to 3 hours before bedtime.

After 2 days, if necessary, the dose can be increased to 0.5 mg once daily, and to 1 mg once daily at the end of the first week of dosing, then as shown in Table 2 as needed to achieve efficacy.

Titration should be based on individual patient therapeutic response and tolerability, up to a maximum recommended dose of 4 mg daily.

For RLS, the safety and effectiveness of doses greater than 4 mg once daily have not been established.

Table 2.

Dose Titration Schedule of Ropinirole Tablets, USP for Restless Legs Syndrome Day/Week Dose to be taken once daily 1 to 3 hours before bedtime Days 1 and 2 0.25 mg Days 3 to 7 0.5 mg Week 2 1 mg Week 3 1.5 mg Week 4 2 mg Week 5 2.5 mg Week 6 3 mg Week 7 4 mg When discontinuing ropinirole tablets, USP in patients with RLS, gradual reduction of the daily dose is recommended [ see Warnings and Precautions (5.9) ].

Renal Impairment No dose adjustment is necessary in patients with moderate renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 30 to 50 mL/min).

The recommended initial dose of ropinirole for patients with end-stage renal disease on hemodialysis is 0.25 mg once daily.

Further dose escalations should be based on tolerability and need for efficacy.

The recommended maximum total daily dose is 3 mg/day in patients receiving regular dialysis.

Supplemental doses after dialysis are not required.

The use of ropinirole tablets, USP in patients with severe renal impairment without regular dialysis has not been studied.

Linzess 0.29 MG Oral Capsule

Generic Name: LINACLOTIDE
Brand Name: Linzess
  • Substance Name(s):
  • LINACLOTIDE

OVERDOSAGE

10 Single LINZESS doses of 2897 mcg were administered to 22 healthy subjects; the safety profile in these subjects was consistent with that in the overall LINZESS-treated population, with diarrhea being the most commonly reported adverse reaction.

DESCRIPTION

11 LINZESS (linaclotide) is a guanylate cyclase-C (G-CC) agonist.

Linaclotide is a 14-amino acid peptide with the following chemical name: L-cysteinyl-L-cysteinyl-L-glutamyl-L-tyrosyl-L-cysteinyl-L-cysteinyl-L-asparaginyl-L-prolyl-L-alanyl-L-cysteinyl-L-threonyl-glycyl-L-cysteinyl-L-tyrosine, cyclic (1-6), (2-10), (5-13)-tris (disulfide).

The molecular formula of linaclotide is C 59 H 79 N 15 O 21 S 6 and its molecular weight is 1526.8.

The amino acid sequence for linaclotide is shown below: Linaclotide is an amorphous, white to off-white powder.

It is slightly soluble in water and aqueous sodium chloride (0.9%).

LINZESS contains linaclotide-coated beads in hard gelatin capsules.

LINZESS is available as 72 mcg, 145 mcg and 290 mcg capsules for oral administration.

The inactive ingredients of LINZESS 72 mcg capsules include: calcium chloride dihydrate, L-histidine, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, and talc.

The components of the capsule shell include gelatin and titanium dioxide.

The inactive ingredients of LINZESS 145 mcg and 290 mcg capsules include: calcium chloride dihydrate, hypromellose, L-leucine, and microcrystalline cellulose.

The components of the capsule shell include gelatin and titanium dioxide.

LINZESS (linaclotide) is a guanylate cyclase-C (G-CC) agonist.

Linaclotide is a 14-amino acid peptide with the following chemical name: L-cysteinyl-L-cysteinyl-L-glutamyl-L-tyrosyl-L-cysteinyl-L-cysteinyl-L-asparaginyl-L-prolyl-L-alanyl-L-cysteinyl-L-threonyl-glycyl-L-cysteinyl-L-tyrosine, cyclic (1-6), (2-10), (5-13)-tris (disulfide).

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Irritable Bowel Syndrome with Constipation (IBS-C) The efficacy of LINZESS for the management of symptoms of IBS-C was established in two double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, multicenter trials in adult patients (Trials 1 (NCT00948818) and 2 (NCT00938717)).

A total of 800 patients in Trial 1 and 804 patients in Trial 2 [overall mean age of 44 years (range 18 to 87 years), 90% female, 77% white, 19% black, and 12% Hispanic] received treatment with LINZESS 290 mcg or placebo once daily and were evaluated for efficacy.

All patients met Rome II criteria for IBS and were required, during the 2-week baseline period, to meet the following criteria: a mean abdominal pain score of at least 3 on a 0-to-10-point numeric rating scale less than 3 complete spontaneous bowel movements (CSBMs) per week [a CSBM is a spontaneous bowel movement (SBM) that is associated with a sense of complete evacuation; a SBM is a bowel movement occurring in the absence of laxative use], and less than or equal to 5 SBMs per week.

The trial designs were identical through the first 12 weeks, and thereafter differed only in that Trial 1 included a 4-week randomized withdrawal (RW) period, and Trial 2 continued for 14 additional weeks (total of 26 weeks) of double-blind treatment.

During the trials, patients were allowed to continue stable doses of bulk laxatives or stool softeners but were not allowed to take laxatives, bismuth, prokinetic agents, or other drugs to treat IBS-C or chronic constipation.

Efficacy of LINZESS was assessed using overall responder analyses and change-from-baseline endpoints.

Results for endpoints were based on information provided daily by patients in diaries.

The 4 primary efficacy responder endpoints were based on a patient being a weekly responder for either at least 9 out of the first 12 weeks of treatment or at least 6 out of the first 12 weeks of treatment.

For the 9 out of 12 weeks combined primary responder endpoint, a patient had to have at least a 30% reduction from baseline in mean abdominal pain, at least 3 CSBMs and an increase of at least 1 CSBM from baseline, all in the same week, for at least 9 out of the first 12 weeks of treatment.

Each of the 2 components of the 9 out of 12 weeks combined responder endpoint, abdominal pain and CSBMs, was also a primary endpoint.

For the 6 out of 12 weeks combined primary responder endpoint, a patient had to have at least a 30% reduction from baseline in mean abdominal pain and an increase of at least 1 CSBM from baseline, all in the same week, for at least 6 out of the first 12 weeks of treatment.

To be considered a responder for this analysis, patients did not have to have at least 3 CSBMs per week.

The efficacy results for the 9 out of 12 weeks and the 6 out of 12 weeks responder endpoints are shown in Tables 3 and 4, respectively.

In both trials, the proportion of patients who were responders to LINZESS 290 mcg was statistically significantly higher than with placebo.

Table 3: Efficacy Responder Rates in the Two Placebo-controlled IBS-C Trials: At Least 9 Out of 12 Weeks Trial 1 Trial 2 LINZESS 290 mcg (N=405) Placebo (N=395) Treatment Difference [95% CI] LINZESS 290 mcg (N=401) Placebo (N=403) Treatment Difference [95% CI] Combined Responder* (Abdominal Pain and CSBM Responder) 12% 5% 7% [3.2%, 10.9%] 13% 3% 10% [6.1%, 13.4%] Abdominal Pain Responder* (≥ 30% Abdominal Pain Reduction) 34% 27% 7% [0.9%, 13.6%] 39% 20% 19% [13.2%, 25.4%] CSBM Responder* (≥ 3 CSBMs and Increase ≥1 CSBM from Baseline) 20% 6% 13% [8.6%, 17.7%] 18% 5% 13% [8.7%, 17.3%] * Primary Endpoints Note: Analyses based on first 12 weeks of treatment for both Trials 1 and 2 CI =Confidence Interval Table 4: Efficacy Responder Rates in the Two Placebo-controlled IBS-C Trials: At Least 6 Out of 12 Weeks Trial 1 Trial 2 LINZESS 290 mcg (N=405) Placebo (N=395) Treatment Difference [95% CI] LINZESS 290 mcg (N=401) Placebo (N=403) Treatment Difference [95% CI] Combined Responder* (Abdominal Pain and CSBM Responder) 34% 21% 13% [6.5%, 18.7%] 34% 14% 20% [14.0%, 25.5%] Abdominal Pain Responder** (≥ 30% Abdominal Pain Reduction) 50% 37% 13% [5.8%, 19.5%] 49% 34% 14% [7.6%, 21.1%] CSBM Responder** (Increase ≥ 1 CSBM from Baseline) 49% 30% 19% [12.4%, 25.7%] 48% 23% 25% [18.7%, 31.4%] * Primary Endpoint, ** Secondary Endpoints Note: Analyses based on first 12 weeks of treatment for both Trials 1 and 2 CI =Confidence Interval In each trial, improvement from baseline in abdominal pain and CSBM frequency was seen over the first 12-weeks of the treatment periods.

For change from baseline in the 11-point abdominal pain scale, LINZESS 290 mcg began to separate from placebo in the first week.

Maximum effects were seen at weeks 6 – 9 and were maintained until the end of the study.

The mean treatment difference from placebo at week 12 was a decrease in pain score of approximately 1.0 point in both trials (using an 11-point scale).

Maximum effect on CSBM frequency occurred within the first week, and for change from baseline in CSBM frequency at week 12, the difference between placebo and LINZESS was approximately 1.5 CSBMs per week in both trials.

In each trial, in addition to improvements in abdominal pain and CSBM frequency over the first 12 weeks of the treatment period, improvements were observed in the following when LINZESS was compared to placebo: SBM frequency [SBMs/week], stool consistency [as measured by the Bristol Stool Form Scale (BSFS)], and amount of straining with bowel movements [amount of time pushing or physical effort to pass stool].

During the 4-week randomized withdrawal period in Trial 1, patients who received LINZESS during the 12-week treatment period were re-randomized to receive placebo or continue treatment on LINZESS 290 mcg.

In LINZESS-treated patients re-randomized to placebo, CSBM frequency and abdominal-pain severity returned toward baseline within 1 week and did not result in worsening compared to baseline.

Patients who continued on LINZESS maintained their response to therapy over the additional 4 weeks.

Patients on placebo who were allocated to LINZESS had an increase in CSBM frequency and a decrease in abdominal pain levels that were similar to the levels observed in patients taking LINZESS during the treatment period.

Trial 6 (NCT03573908) was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group trial that evaluated the safety and efficacy of LINZESS in patients with IBS-C over a 12-week treatment period followed by a 4-week randomized withdrawal period.

A total of 614 patients [mean age of 47 years (range 18 to 85 years), 81% female, 63% white, 24% black, and 27% Hispanic] received treatment with LINZESS 290 mcg or placebo once daily and all patients met Rome III criteria for IBS-C.

The efficacy of LINZESS was assessed using a primary endpoint based on the mean abdominal score (composite of abdominal bloating, abdominal discomfort, and abdominal pain) across 12 weeks.

The secondary endpoint was a responder analysis based on at least a 2.5-point improvement in the abdominal score from baseline for at least 6 out of 12 weeks as shown in Table 5.

Table 5: Efficacy Endpoints in IBS-C Trial 6: Overall Change from Baseline in Abdominal Score and Responder Rates for a t Least 6 Out of 12 Weeks Trial 6 LINZESS 290 mcg (N= 306 ) Placebo (N= 308 ) Treatment Difference [95% CI] Baseline Abdominal Score 6.4 6.5 Least Squares 12-week Mean C hange from B aseline in Abdominal Score * -1.9 -1.2 -0.7 [-1.0, -0.4] Abdominal Score 6 of 12- W eek Responder* * 34% 18.5% 15.5% [8.6%, 22.3%] * Primary Endpoint, ** Secondary Endpoint Each abdominal symptom was rated on a 0-to-10-point numeric rating scale where 0=no [symptom] and 10=worst possible [symptom].

CI = Confidence Interval 14.2 Chronic Idiopathic Constipation (CIC) The efficacy of LINZESS for the management of symptoms of CIC was established in two double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, multicenter clinical trials in adult patients (Trials 3 and 4).

A total of 642 patients in Trial 3 and 630 patients in Trial 4 [overall mean age of 48 years (range 18 to 85 years), 89% female, 76% white, 22% black, 10% Hispanic] received treatment with LINZESS 145 mcg, 290 mcg, or placebo once daily and were evaluated for efficacy.

All patients met modified Rome II criteria for functional constipation.

Modified Rome II criteria were less than 3 Spontaneous Bowel Movements (SBMs) per week and 1 of the following symptoms for at least 12 weeks, which need not be consecutive, in the preceding 12 months: Straining during greater than 25% of bowel movements Lumpy or hard stools during greater than 25% of bowel movements Sensation of incomplete evacuation during greater than 25% of bowel movements Patients were also required to have less than 3 CSBMs per week and less than or equal to 6 SBMs per week during a 2-week baseline period.

Patients were excluded if they met criteria for IBS-C or had fecal impaction that required emergency room treatment.

The trial designs were identical through the first 12 weeks.

Trial 3 also included an additional 4-week randomized withdrawal (RW) period.

During the trials, patients were allowed to continue stable doses of bulk laxatives or stool softeners but were not allowed to take laxatives, bismuth, prokinetic agents, or other drugs to treat chronic constipation.

The efficacy of LINZESS was assessed using a responder analysis and change-from-baseline endpoints.

Results for endpoints were based on information provided daily by patients in diaries.

A CSBM responder in the CIC trials was defined as a patient who had at least 3 CSBMs and an increase of at least 1 CSBM from baseline in a given week for at least 9 weeks out of the 12-week treatment period.

The CSBM responder rates are shown in Table 6.

During the individual double-blind placebo-controlled trials, LINZESS 290 mcg did not consistently offer additional clinically meaningful treatment benefit over placebo than that observed with the LINZESS 145 mcg dose.

Therefore, the 145 mcg dose is the recommended dose.

Only the data for the approved 145 mcg dose of LINZESS are presented in Table 6.

In Trials 3 and 4, the proportion of patients who were CSBM responders was statistically significantly greater with the LINZESS 145 mcg dose than with placebo.

Table 6: Efficacy Responder Rates in the Two Placebo-controlled CIC Trials: at Least 9 Out of 12 Weeks Trial 3 Trial 4 LINZESS 145 mcg (N=217) Placebo (N=209) Treatment Difference [95% CI] LINZESS 145 mcg (N=213) Placebo (N=215) Treatment Difference [95% CI] CSBM Responder* (≥ 3 CSBMs and Increase ≥ 1 CSBM from Baseline) 20% 3% 17% [11.0%, 22.8%] 15% 6% 10% [4.2%, 15.7%] *Primary Endpoint CI=Confidence Interval CSBM frequency reached maximum level during week 1 and was also demonstrated over the remainder of the 12-week treatment period in Trial 3 and Trial 4.

For the mean change from baseline in CSBM frequency at week 12, the difference between placebo and LINZESS was approximately 1.5 CSBMs.

On average, patients who received LINZESS across the 2 trials had significantly greater improvements compared with patients receiving placebo in stool frequency (CSBMs/week and SBMs/week), and stool consistency (as measured by the BSFS).

In each trial, in addition to improvements in CSBM frequency over the first 12 weeks of the treatment period, improvements were observed in each of the following when LINZESS was compared to placebo: SBM frequency [SBMs/week], stool consistency [as measured by the BSFS], and amount of straining with bowel movements [amount of time pushing or physical effort to pass stool].

During the 4-week randomized withdrawal period in Trial 3, patients who received LINZESS during the 12-week treatment period were re-randomized to receive placebo or continue treatment on the same dose of LINZESS taken during the treatment period.

In LINZESS-treated patients re-randomized to placebo, CSBM and SBM frequency returned toward baseline within 1 week and did not result in worsening compared to baseline.

Patients who continued on LINZESS maintained their response to therapy over the additional 4 weeks.

Patients on placebo who were allocated to LINZESS had an increase in CSBM and SBM frequency similar to the levels observed in patients taking LINZESS during the treatment period.

A 72 mcg dose of LINZESS was established in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter clinical trial in adult patients (Trial 5).

A total of 1223 patients [overall mean age of 46 years (range 18 to 90 years), 77% female, 71% white, 24% black, 43% Hispanic] received treatment with LINZESS 72 mcg or placebo once daily and were evaluated for efficacy.

All patients met modified Rome III criteria for functional constipation.

Trial 5 was identical to Trials 3 and 4 through the first 12 weeks.

The efficacy of the 72 mcg dose was assessed using a responder analysis where a CSBM responder was defined as a patient who had at least 3 CSBMs and an increase of at least 1 CSBM from baseline in a given week for at least 9 weeks out of the 12-week treatment period, which was the same as the one defined in Trials 3 and 4.

The response rates for the CSBM responder endpoint were 13% for LINZESS 72 mcg and 5% for placebo.

The difference between LINZESS 72 mcg and placebo was 9% (95% CI: 4.8%, 12.5%).

A separate analysis was performed using an alternate CSBM responder definition.

In this analysis a CSBM responder was defined as a patient who had at least 3 CSBMs and an increase of at least 1 CSBM from baseline in a given week for at least 9 weeks out of the 12-week treatment period and at least 3 of the last 4 weeks of the treatment period.

The response rates for the alternate CSBM responder endpoint were 12% for LINZESS 72 mcg and 5% for placebo.

The difference between LINZESS 72 mcg and placebo was 8% (95% CI: 3.9%, 11.5%).

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING How Supplied LINZESS Capsule Strength Description Packaging NDC number 72 mcg White to off-white opaque hard gelatin capsules with gray imprint “FL 72” Bottle of 30 0456-1203-30 145 mcg White to off-white opaque hard gelatin capsules with gray imprint “FL 145” Bottle of 30 0456-1201-30 290 mcg White to off-white opaque hard gelatin capsules with gray imprint “FL 290” Bottle of 30 0456-1202-30 Storage Store at 25°C (77°F); excursions permitted between 15°C and 30°C (59°F and 86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Keep LINZESS in the original container.

Do not subdivide or repackage.

Protect from moisture.

Do not remove desiccant from the container.

Keep bottles tightly closed in a dry place.

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Irritable Bowel Syndrome with Constipation (IBS-C) Of 2219 IBS-C patients in the placebo-controlled clinical studies of LINZESS (Trials 1, 2, and 6), 154 (7%) were 65 years of age and over, while 34 (2%) were 75 years and over.

Clinical studies of LINZESS did not include sufficient numbers of patients aged 65 years and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger patients.

Chronic Idiopathic Constipation (CIC) Of 2498 CIC patients in the placebo-controlled clinical studies of LINZESS (Trials 3, 4, and 5), 273 (11%) were 65 years of age and over, while 56 (2%) were 75 years and over.

Clinical studies of LINZESS did not include sufficient numbers of patients aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger patients.

In general, dose selection for an elderly patient should be cautious reflecting the greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal or cardiac function and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 LINZESS capsules are white to off-white opaque: 72 mcg; gray imprint “FL 72” 145 mcg; gray imprint “FL 145” 290 mcg; gray imprint “FL 290” Capsules: 72 mcg, 145 mcg and 290 mcg ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Linaclotide is structurally related to human guanylin and uroguanylin and functions as a guanylate cyclase-C (GC-C) agonist.

Both linaclotide and its active metabolite bind to GC-C and act locally on the luminal surface of the intestinal epithelium.

Activation of GC-C results in an increase in both intracellular and extracellular concentrations of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP).

Elevation in intracellular cGMP stimulates secretion of chloride and bicarbonate into the intestinal lumen, mainly through activation of the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) ion channel, resulting in increased intestinal fluid and accelerated transit.

In animal models, linaclotide has been shown to both accelerate GI transit and reduce intestinal pain.

In an animal model of visceral pain, linaclotide reduced abdominal muscle contraction and decreased the activity of pain-sensing nerves by increasing extracellular cGMP.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 LINZESS is indicated in adults for the treatment of: irritable bowel syndrome with constipation (IBS-C) chronic idiopathic constipation (CIC) LINZESS is a guanylate cyclase-C agonist indicated in adults for treatment of: Irritable bowel syndrome with constipation.

(IBS-C) ( 1 ) Chronic idiopathic constipation.

(CIC) ( 1 )

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use LINZESS is contraindicated in patients less than 6 years of age.

Avoid use of LINZESS in patients 6 years to less than 18 years of age [see Contraindications ( 4 ), Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )] .

The safety and effectiveness of LINZESS in patients less than 18 years of age have not been established.

In nonclinical studies, deaths occurred within 24 hours in neonatal mice (human age equivalent of approximately 0 to 28 days) following oral administration of linaclotide, as described below in Juvenile Animal Toxicity Data.

Because of increased intestinal expression of GC-C, patients less than 6 years of age may be more likely than patients 6 years of age and older to develop diarrhea and its potentially serious consequences.

LINZESS is contraindicated in patients less than 6 years of age.

Given the deaths in young juvenile mice and the lack of clinical safety and efficacy data in pediatric patients, avoid the use of LINZESS in patients 6 years to less than 18 years of age.

Juvenile Animal Toxicity Data In toxicology studies in neonatal mice, oral administration of linaclotide at 10 mcg/kg/day caused deaths on post-natal day 7 (human age equivalent of approximately 0 to 28 days).

These deaths were due to rapid and severe dehydration produced by significant fluid shifts into the intestinal lumen resulting from GC-C agonism in neonatal mice [see Contraindications ( 4 ) and Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )] .

Tolerability to linaclotide increases with age in juvenile mice.

In 2-week-old mice, linaclotide was well tolerated at a dose of 50 mcg/kg/day, but deaths occurred after a single oral dose of 100 mcg/kg.

In 3-week-old mice, linaclotide was well tolerated at 100 mcg/kg/day, but deaths occurred after a single oral dose of 600 mcg/kg.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Risk Summary Linaclotide and its active metabolite are negligibly absorbed systemically following oral administration [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] , and maternal use is not expected to result in fetal exposure to the drug.

The available data on LINZESS use in pregnant women are not sufficient to inform any drug-associated risk for major birth defects and miscarriage.

In animal developmental studies, no effects on embryo-fetal development were observed with oral administration of linaclotide in rats and rabbits during organogenesis at doses much higher than the maximum recommended human dosage.

Severe maternal toxicity associated with effects on fetal morphology were observed in mice ( see Data ) .

The estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage for the indicated population is unknown.

All pregnancies have a background risk of birth defect, loss, or other adverse outcomes.

In the United States general population, the estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in clinically recognized pregnancies is 2% to 4% and 15% to 20%, respectively.

Data Animal Data The potential for linaclotide to cause harm to embryo-fetal development was studied in rats, rabbits and mice.

In pregnant mice, oral dose levels of at least 40,000 mcg/kg/day given during organogenesis produced severe maternal toxicity including death, reduction of gravid uterine and fetal weights, and effects on fetal morphology.

Oral doses of 5,000 mcg/kg/day did not produce maternal toxicity or any adverse effects on embryo-fetal development in mice.

Oral administration of up to 100,000 mcg/kg/day in rats and 40,000 mcg/kg/day in rabbits during organogenesis produced no maternal toxicity and no effects on embryo-fetal development.

Additionally, oral administration of up to 100,000 mcg/kg/day in rats during organogenesis through lactation produced no developmental abnormalities or effects on growth, learning and memory, or fertility in the offspring through maturation.

The maximum recommended human dose is approximately 5 mcg/kg/day, based on a 60-kg body weight.

Limited systemic exposure to linaclotide was achieved in animals during organogenesis (AUC = 40, 640, and 25 ng•hr/mL in rats, rabbits, and mice, respectively, at the highest dose levels).

Linaclotide and its active metabolite are not measurable in human plasma following administration of the recommended clinical dosages.

Therefore, animal and human doses should not be compared directly for evaluating relative exposure.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: RISK OF SERIOUS DEHYDRATION IN PEDIATRIC PATIENTS LINZESS is contraindicated in patients less than 6 years of age; in nonclinical studies in neonatal mice, administration of a single, clinically relevant adult oral dose of linaclotide caused deaths due to dehydration [see Contraindications ( 4 ), Use in Specific Populations ( 8.4 )].

Avoid use of LINZESS in patients 6 years to less than 18 years of age [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ), Use in Specific Populations ( 8.4 )].

The safety and effectiveness of LINZESS have not been established in patients less than 18 years of age [see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.4 )].

WARNING: RISK OF SERIOUS DEHYDRATION IN PEDIATRIC PATIENTS See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

LINZESS is contraindicated in patients less than 6 years of age; in neonatal mice, linaclotide caused deaths due to dehydration.

( 4 , 8.4 ) Avoid use of LINZESS in patients 6 years to less than 18 years of age.

( 5.1 , 8.4 ) The safety and effectiveness of LINZESS have not been established in patients less than 18 years of age ( 8.4 ).

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Diarrhea: Patients may experience severe diarrhea.

If severe diarrhea occurs, suspend dosing and rehydrate the patient.

( 5.2 ) 5.1 Risk of Serious Dehydration in Pediatric Patients LINZESS is contraindicated in patients less than 6 years of age.

The safety and effectiveness of LINZESS in patients less than 18 years of age have not been established.

In neonatal mice (human age equivalent of approximately 0 to 28 days), linaclotide increased fluid secretion as a consequence of GC-C agonism resulting in mortality within the first 24 hours due to dehydration.

Due to increased intestinal expression of GC-C, patients less than 6 years of age may be more likely than patients 6 years of age and older to develop severe diarrhea and its potentially serious consequences.

Avoid use of LINZESS in pediatric patients 6 years to less than 18 years of age.

Although there were no deaths in older juvenile mice, given the deaths in young juvenile mice and the lack of clinical safety and efficacy data in pediatric patients, avoid the use of LINZESS in pediatric patients 6 years to less than 18 years of age [see Contraindications ( 4 ), Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ), Use in Specific Populations ( 8.4 )] .

5.

2 Diarrhea Diarrhea was the most common adverse reaction of LINZESS-treated patients in the pooled IBS-C and CIC double-blind placebo-controlled trials.

The incidence of diarrhea was similar between the IBS-C and CIC populations.

Severe diarrhea was reported in 2% of 145 mcg and 290 mcg LINZESS-treated patients, and in <1% of 72 mcg LINZESS-treated CIC patients [see Adverse Reactions ( 6.1 )] .

In post-marketing experience, severe diarrhea associated with dizziness, syncope, hypotension and electrolyte abnormalities (hypokalemia and hyponatremia) requiring hospitalization or intravenous fluid administration have been reported in patients treated with LINZESS.

If severe diarrhea occurs, suspend dosing and rehydrate the patient.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling ( Medication Guide ).

Advise patients: Diarrhea To stop LINZESS and contact their healthcare provider if they experience unusual or severe abdominal pain, and/or severe diarrhea, especially if in combination with hematochezia or melena [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )] .

Accidental Ingestion Accidental ingestion of LINZESS in children especially in children less than 6 years of age may result in severe diarrhea and dehydration.

Instruct patients to take steps to store LINZESS securely and out of reach of children, and to dispose of unused LINZESS [see Contraindications ( 4 ), Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 , 5.2 )].

Administration and Handling Instructions To take LINZESS once daily on an empty stomach at least 30 minutes prior to the first meal of the day [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 )].

If a dose is missed, skip the missed dose and take the next dose at the regular time.

Do not take 2 doses at the same time.

To swallow LINZESS capsules whole.

Do not crush or chew capsules or capsule contents.

If adult patients have swallowing difficulties, LINZESS capsules can be opened and administered orally in either applesauce or with bottled water or administered with water via a nasogastric or gastrostomy tube, as described in the Medication Guide.

To keep LINZESS in the original container.

Do not subdivide or repackage.

Protect from moisture.

Do not remove desiccant from the container.

Keep bottles closed tightly in a dry place .

LINZESS ® is a registered trademark of Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Distributed by: Allergan USA, Inc.

Madison, NJ 07940 Marketed by: Allergan USA, Inc.

Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Madison, NJ 07940 Cambridge, MA 02142 © 2021 Allergan and Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

All rights reserved.

LINZESS® is a registered trademark of Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Allergan® and its design are trademarks of Allergan, Inc.

Patented.

See www.allergan.com/patents.

For more information, go to www.LINZESS.com or call 1-800-678-1605.

v3.0USPI1201

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 The recommended dosage in adults is: IBS-C: 290 mcg orally once daily.

( 2.1 ) CIC: 145 mcg orally once daily or 72 mcg orally once daily based on individual presentation or tolerability.

( 2.1 ) Administration Instructions ( 2.2 ): Take on empty stomach at least 30 minutes prior to first meal of the day.

Do not crush or chew LINZESS capsule or capsule contents.

For patients who have difficulty swallowing capsules whole or those with a nasogastric or gastrostomy tube, see full prescribing information for instructions for opening the capsule and administering with applesauce or water.

2.1 Recommended Dosage Irritable Bowel Syndrome with Constipation (IBS-C) The recommended dosage of LINZESS is 290 mcg orally once daily.

Chronic Idiopathic Constipation (CIC) The recommended dosage of LINZESS is 145 mcg orally once daily.

A dosage of 72 mcg once daily may be used based on individual presentation or tolerability.

2.2 Preparation and Administration Instructions Take LINZESS on an empty stomach, at least 30 minutes prior to the first meal of the day.

If a dose is missed, skip the missed dose and take the next dose at the regular time.

Do not take 2 doses at the same time.

Do not crush or chew LINZESS capsule or capsule contents.

Swallow LINZESS capsule whole.

For adult patients with swallowing difficulties, LINZESS capsules can be opened and administered orally in either applesauce or with water or administered with water via a nasogastric or gastrostomy tube.

Sprinkling of LINZESS beads on other soft foods or in other liquids has not been tested.

Oral Administration in Applesauce: Place one teaspoonful of room-temperature applesauce into a clean container.

Open the capsule.

Sprinkle the entire contents (beads) on applesauce.

Consume the entire contents immediately.

Do not chew the beads.

Do not store the bead-applesauce mixture for later use.

Oral Administration in Water: Pour approximately 30 mL of room-temperature bottled water into a clean cup.

Open the capsule.

Sprinkle the entire contents (beads) into the water.

Gently swirl beads and water for at least 20 seconds.

Swallow the entire mixture of beads and water immediately.

Add another 30 mL of water to any beads remaining in cup, swirl for 20 seconds, and swallow immediately.

Do not store the bead-water mixture for later use.

Note: The drug is coated on the surface of the beads and will dissolve off the beads into the water.

The beads will remain visible and will not dissolve.

Therefore, it is not necessary to consume all the beads to deliver the complete dose.

Administration with Water via a Nasogastric or Gastrostomy Tube: Open the capsule and empty the beads into a clean container with 30 mL of room-temperature bottled water.

Mix by gently swirling beads for at least 20 seconds.

Draw-up the beads and water mixture into an appropriately sized catheter-tipped syringe and apply rapid and steady pressure (10 mL/10 seconds) to dispense the syringe contents into the tube.

Add another 30 mL of water to any beads remaining in the container and repeat the process.

After administering the bead-water mixture, flush nasogastric/ gastrostomy tube with a minimum of 10 mL of water.

Note: It is not necessary to flush all the beads through to deliver the complete dose.